mirror of https://git.door43.org/ru_gl/ru_tn
elman tc create 19 June 2021 GLQuoteRu OccurrenceNoteEn
This commit is contained in:
parent
e3dc4dab11
commit
8a2afa5301
198
en_tn_15-EZR.tsv
198
en_tn_15-EZR.tsv
|
@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
|
|||
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
|
||||
EZR front intro fa5r 0 # Introduction to Ezra<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Ezra<br><br>1. The first Jewish exiles return to Jerusalem from Persia (1:1–2:70)<br>2. The people rebuild and dedicate the temple in Jerusalem (3:1–6:22)<br>3. More exiles return; Ezra teaches the Law of Yahweh (7:1-8:36)<br>4. The problem of the people marrying foreigners, and how it is solved (9:1–10:44)<br><br>### What is the Book of Ezra about?<br><br>The book of Ezra is about how the people of Israel returned from Babylon and tried to worship Yahweh again as the law required. To do this, they needed to rebuild their temple so they could sacrifice to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The book of Ezra is named for the priest Ezra who led the first group of Jews out of exile and back to Judah. Translators can use the traditional title “Ezra.” Or they might choose a clearer title, such as “The Book about Ezra.”<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why were Israelites not allowed to marry people from other nations?<br><br>Foreigners worshiped many false gods. Yahweh did not allow his people to marry foreigners. He knew this would cause the people of Israel to worship false gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>### Did all of the people of Israel return to their homeland?<br><br>Many of the Jews remained in Babylon instead of returning to the Promised Land. Many of them were successful in Babylon and desired to remain there. However, this meant that they were unable to worship Yahweh in Jerusalem as their ancestors had done. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How does the Book of Ezra use the term “Israel”?<br><br>The book of Ezra uses the term “Israel” to refer to the kingdom of Judah. It was mostly made up of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin. The other ten tribes had ended their loyalty to any kings descended from David. God allowed the Assyrians to conquer the other ten tribes and take them into exile. As a result, they mixed with other people groups and did not return to the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])<br><br>### Are the events in the Book of Ezra told in the order that they actually happened?<br><br>Some of the events in the Book of Ezra are not told in the order they actually happened. Translators should pay attention to notes that signal when events are probably out of order.
|
||||
EZR 1 intro dd25 0 # Ezra 01 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The chapter records the story of the first Jews as they return from Persia to Judea.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King Cyrus<br><br>King Cyrus allowed the Jews to return because he wanted them to rebuild the temple. Those who stayed behind gave gifts to those who left to help them on their journey and resettlement. This practice was common under the reign of Cyrus and was used as a way to maintain peace throughout his kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Jews<br><br>After they returned to Judea, the focus of the rest of the Old Testament is on the Jewish people.
|
||||
EZR 1 1 7nrv writing-newevent וּבִשְׁנַ֣ת 1 И в... год The word **now** introduces a new event in the story. You do not need to represent it in your translation unless your language has a similar expression that it characteristically uses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
EZR 1 1 7nrv writing-newevent וּבִשְׁנַ֣ת 1 И в… год The word **now** introduces a new event in the story. You do not need to represent it in your translation unless your language has a similar expression that it characteristically uses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
EZR 1 1 ath4 figs-explicit וּבִשְׁנַ֣ת אַחַ֗ת לְכ֨וֹרֶשׁ֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ פָּרַ֔ס 1 И в первый год Кира, царя Персии The original Jewish readers of this book would have known that this is not a reference to the year when Cyrus first became king of the Persians. Rather, it is a reference to the later year when, by conquering Babylon, he became king over the Jews, since Babylon had previously conquered them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “During the first year after Cyrus, the king of Persia, conquered Babylon and became the ruler of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 1 1 qvp1 וּבִשְׁנַ֣ת אַחַ֗ת לְכ֨וֹרֶשׁ֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ פָּרַ֔ס 1 И в первый год Кира, царя Персии This expression could mean that sometime during the first year that he ruled over the Jews, Cyrus issued the decree that this verse describes. However, it could also mean that he issued this decree as soon as he became their ruler. Alternate translation: “As soon as Cyrus, the king of Persia, conquered Babylon and became the ruler of the Jews”
|
||||
EZR 1 1 p6b4 translate-ordinal וּבִשְׁנַ֣ת אַחַ֗ת 1 И в первый год The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, **one**, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, “first,” in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of years, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “In the first year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
|
@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ EZR 1 4 p5jk figs-gendernotations יְנַשְּׂא֨וּהוּ֙ אַנְש
|
|||
EZR 1 4 d9rn figs-idiom יְנַשְּׂא֨וּהוּ֙ 1 пусть ему помогают **Lift** here is an idiom that means help. Alternate translation: “help him by providing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 1 4 f6tk figs-explicit הַ֨נְּדָבָ֔ה 1 добровольными приношениями The book expects readers to know that these would be extra gifts, beyond the necessities already listed. They might include money to help rebuild the temple and vessels to be used in the temple, such as the ones listed in [1:7–11](../01/07.md). Alternate translation: “any extra gifts they want to give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 1 4 swvz figs-metaphor לְבֵ֥ית הָאֱלֹהִ֖ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר בִּירוּשָׁלִָֽם׃ 1 для дома Бога, который в Иерусалиме **House** figuratively means a temple. Cyrus continues to speak of this temple as if it would be a house in which God lived, since God’s presence would be there. The book repeatedly uses the expressions **house**, **house of God**, and house of Yahweh to mean the temple in Jerusalem. It will be helpful to your readers if you translate these expressions consistently every time. Alternate translation: “the temple that the Jews will rebuild for God in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 1 5 i39z grammar-connect-logic-result וַיָּק֜וּמוּ 1 И встали The word **then** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous verses have described. Alternate translation: “In response to this decree ... acted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EZR 1 5 i39z grammar-connect-logic-result וַיָּק֜וּמוּ 1 И встали The word **then** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous verses have described. Alternate translation: “In response to this decree … acted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EZR 1 5 kkxf figs-idiom וַיָּק֜וּמוּ 1 И встали In this context, the term **arose** means that these leaders took action to get an enterprise under way. It does not indicate that these leaders had been sitting or lying down and that they stood up. Alternate translation: “Then…started making preparations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 1 5 hgd0 figs-ellipsis רָאשֵׁ֣י הָאָב֗וֹת 1 главы семейств This is an abbreviated way of saying the heads of father’s houses. Alternate translation: “the clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
EZR 1 5 v371 רָאשֵׁ֣י הָאָב֗וֹת 1 главы семейств Among the Israelites, the expression father’s house or house of the father originally described an extended-family group. It later came to be used more generally to refer to a larger clan within a tribe. In this expression, the word house (which does not appear in the abbreviated version here) figuratively describes all the people descended from a particular person. The term views all of those descendants as if they were one household living together. Alternate translation: “the clan leaders”
|
||||
|
@ -50,8 +50,8 @@ EZR 1 6 wwg6 figs-metaphor חִזְּק֣וּ בִֽידֵיהֶ֔ם 1 у
|
|||
EZR 1 6 sc2n לְבַ֖ד עַל־כָּל־הִתְנַדֵּֽב׃ 1 вдобавок ко всему добровольно жертвуемому This is a reference to the freewill offerings that are also mentioned in [1:4](../01/04.md). Alternate translation: “in addition, the people freely gave extra gifts”
|
||||
EZR 1 7 bt1u figs-explicit כְּלֵ֣י בֵית־יְהוָ֑ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר הוֹצִ֤יא נְבֽוּכַדְנֶצַּר֙ מִיר֣וּשָׁלִַ֔ם וַֽיִּתְּנֵ֖ם בְּבֵ֥ית אֱלֹהָֽיו׃ 1 сосуды дома Яхве, которые Навуходоносор вывез из Иерусалима, и поставил их в доме своих богов **Vessels** refers to the bowls, basins, and other objects that are listed in [1:9](../01/09.md) and [1:10](../01/10.md). The book assumes that readers will know that this verse is describing how Nebuchadnezzar, the king of Babylon, took these items from the temple in Jerusalem and then put them, as trophies of conquest, in a temple devoted to his own gods. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the objects from the temple of Yahweh that Nebuchadnezzar, the king of Babylon, had taken away from Jerusalem when he captured that city and put in the temple of his own gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 1 7 bwol translate-names נְבֽוּכַדְנֶצַּר֙ 1 Навуходоносор **Nebuchadnezzar** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 1 8 emq3 figs-metaphor וַיּֽוֹצִיאֵ֗ם כּ֚וֹרֶשׁ מֶ֣לֶךְ פָּרַ֔ס עַל־יַ֖ד מִתְרְדָ֣ת 1 И вынес их Кир, царь Персии, рукой... Мифредата Here, **hand** figuratively represents control and action. The expression means that Mithredath did this at the command of Cyrus and on his behalf. Alternate translation: “King Cyrus of Persia had his treasurer Mithredath bring them out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 1 8 j32q figs-explicit וַיּֽוֹצִיאֵ֗ם כּ֚וֹרֶשׁ מֶ֣לֶךְ פָּרַ֔ס עַל־יַ֖ד מִתְרְדָ֣ת 1 И вынес их Кир, царь Персии, рукой... Мифредата The implication is that these vessels had remained in the temple where Nebuchadnezzar had put them, and so **Mithredath brought them out** from there. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “King Cyrus of Persia had his treasurer, Mithredath, bring these vessels out from the temple where Nebuchadnezzar had put them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 1 8 emq3 figs-metaphor וַיּֽוֹצִיאֵ֗ם כּ֚וֹרֶשׁ מֶ֣לֶךְ פָּרַ֔ס עַל־יַ֖ד מִתְרְדָ֣ת 1 И вынес их Кир, царь Персии, рукой… Мифредата Here, **hand** figuratively represents control and action. The expression means that Mithredath did this at the command of Cyrus and on his behalf. Alternate translation: “King Cyrus of Persia had his treasurer Mithredath bring them out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 1 8 j32q figs-explicit וַיּֽוֹצִיאֵ֗ם כּ֚וֹרֶשׁ מֶ֣לֶךְ פָּרַ֔ס עַל־יַ֖ד מִתְרְדָ֣ת 1 И вынес их Кир, царь Персии, рукой… Мифредата The implication is that these vessels had remained in the temple where Nebuchadnezzar had put them, and so **Mithredath brought them out** from there. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “King Cyrus of Persia had his treasurer, Mithredath, bring these vessels out from the temple where Nebuchadnezzar had put them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 1 8 m5w3 translate-names מִתְרְדָ֣ת 1 Мифредата **Mithredath** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 1 8 wc54 translate-unknown הַגִּזְבָּ֑ר 1 казначея This term describes the office of a person responsible for all the valuable possessions of a monarch and for the places where they are stored safely. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
EZR 1 8 w8rk figs-idiom וַֽיִּסְפְּרֵם֙ לְשֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֔ר 1 и пересчитав, передал их Шешбацару **He** means Mithredath, and **them** means the objects for the temple. This expression means that Mithredath not only gave Sheshbazzar the objects, he also gave him a detailed accounting of how many there were of each kind, as recorded in [1:9](../01/09.md) and [1:10](../01/10.md). This likely does not mean that Mithredath handed Sheshbazzar the objects one at a time while announcing the number of each one. Alternate translation: “Mithredath turned them over to Sheshbazzar along with a detailed list of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ EZR 2 4 zhh6 translate-names שְׁפַטְיָ֔ה 1 Сафатии **Shephatia
|
|||
EZR 2 5 d4gc figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י אָרַ֔ח 1 Сыновей Араха **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Arah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 5 inj3 translate-names אָרַ֔ח 1 Араха **Arah** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 6 qyea figs-metaphor בְּנֵֽי־פַחַ֥ת מוֹאָ֛ב לִבְנֵ֥י יֵשׁ֖וּעַ יוֹאָ֑ב 1 Сыновей Пахаф-Моава, из сыновей Иисуса, Иоава **Sons** figuratively means descendants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 6 fw6a translate-names פַחַ֥ת מוֹאָ֛ב…יֵשׁ֖וּעַ 1 Пахаф-Моава... Иисуса **Pahath-Moab** is the name of a man, and **Jeshua** and Joab are the names of two of his descendants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 6 fw6a translate-names פַחַ֥ת מוֹאָ֛ב…יֵשׁ֖וּעַ 1 Пахаф-Моава… Иисуса **Pahath-Moab** is the name of a man, and **Jeshua** and Joab are the names of two of his descendants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 7 a6df figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י עֵילָ֔ם 1 Сыновей Елама **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Elam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 7 ytv9 translate-names עֵילָ֔ם 1 Елама **Elam** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 8 ryuy figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י זַתּ֔וּא 1 Сыновей Заттуя **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Zattu” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ EZR 2 29 n7ir figs-personification בְּנֵ֥י נְב֖וֹ 1 Сыновей
|
|||
EZR 2 29 j5sn translate-names נְב֖וֹ 1 Нево **Nebo** is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 30 m297 figs-personification בְּנֵ֣י מַגְבִּ֔ישׁ 1 Сыновей Магбиша The list speaks here of the town of **Magbish** as if it were the ancestor of all the people who lived there. It is saying figuratively that these men were from families that had originally lived in that town. Alternate translation: “From the town of Magbish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
EZR 2 30 kvd9 translate-names מַגְבִּ֔ישׁ 1 Магбиша **Magbish** is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 31 bv43 figs-personification בְּנֵי֙ עֵילָ֣ם 1 Сыновей... Елама The list speaks here of the town of **Elam** as if it were the ancestor of all the people who lived there. It is saying figuratively that these men were from families that had originally lived in that town. (“The other Elam” indicates that this is the town of that name, not the person of that name mentioned in [2:7](../02/07.md).) Alternate translation: “From the town of Elam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
EZR 2 31 bv43 figs-personification בְּנֵי֙ עֵילָ֣ם 1 Сыновей… Елама The list speaks here of the town of **Elam** as if it were the ancestor of all the people who lived there. It is saying figuratively that these men were from families that had originally lived in that town. (“The other Elam” indicates that this is the town of that name, not the person of that name mentioned in [2:7](../02/07.md).) Alternate translation: “From the town of Elam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
EZR 2 31 sl5j translate-names עֵילָ֣ם 1 Елама **Elam** is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 32 fqlf figs-personification בְּנֵ֣י חָרִ֔ם 1 Сыновей Харима The list speaks here of the town of **Harim** as if it were the ancestor of all the people who lived there. It is saying figuratively that these men were from families that had originally lived in that town. Alternate translation: “From the town of Harim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
EZR 2 32 ubs3 translate-names חָרִ֔ם 1 Харима **Harim** is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ EZR 2 35 frxs figs-personification בְּנֵ֣י סְנָאָ֔ה 1 Сынов
|
|||
EZR 2 35 ce4j translate-names סְנָאָ֔ה 1 Сенаи **Senaah** is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 36 c52r הַֽכֹּהֲנִ֑ים 1 Священников **The priests** were men chosen to offer sacrifices to God on behalf of God’s people, and to perform other duties and functions to represent God to the people and to represent the people to God. Alternate translation: “This is how many men returned from each family of priests”
|
||||
EZR 2 36 xd3k figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֤י יְדַֽעְיָה֙ לְבֵ֣ית יֵשׁ֔וּעַ תְּשַׁ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שִׁבְעִ֥ים וּשְׁלֹשָֽׁה׃ 1 сыновей Иедаии, из дома Иисуса, — девятьсот семьдесят три **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Jedaiah who were descendants of Jeshua, 973 returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 36 m352 translate-names יְדַֽעְיָה֙…יֵשׁ֔וּעַ 1 Иедаии... Иисуса **Jedaiah** is the name of a man, and **Jeshua** is the name of one of his descendants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 36 m352 translate-names יְדַֽעְיָה֙…יֵשׁ֔וּעַ 1 Иедаии… Иисуса **Jedaiah** is the name of a man, and **Jeshua** is the name of one of his descendants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 36 u51b figs-metonymy לְבֵ֣ית יֵשׁ֔וּעַ 1 из дома Иисуса Here, **house** describes all the people descended from a particular person. The document is describing all of the descendants **of Jeshua** figuratively as if they were one household living together. Alternate translation: “who were descendants of Jeshua” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 2 37 vauy figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י אִמֵּ֔ר 1 Сыновей Иммера **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Immer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 37 u9p4 translate-names אִמֵּ֔ר 1 Иммера **Immer** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
@ -147,18 +147,18 @@ EZR 2 39 jzxo figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י חָרִ֔ם 1 Сыновей Хар
|
|||
EZR 2 39 g31h translate-names חָרִ֔ם 1 Харима **Harim** is the name of a man. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Harim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 40 tm51 translate-unknown הַלְוִיִּ֑ם 1 Левитов **The Levites** were descendants of Levi. They had the special assignment of helping the priests. Alternate translation: “Some Levites also returned” or “Some of the descendants of Levi also returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
EZR 2 40 vug8 figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־יֵשׁ֧וּעַ וְקַדְמִיאֵ֛ל לִבְנֵ֥י הוֹדַוְיָ֖ה 1 сыновей Иисуса и Кадмиила, из сыновей Годавии **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Jeshua and Kadmiel, who were descended from Hodevah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 40 yu1j translate-names יֵשׁ֧וּעַ וְקַדְמִיאֵ֛ל…הוֹדַוְיָ֖ה 1 Иисуса и Кадмиила... Годавии **Jeshua and Kadmiel** are men’s names, and **Hodevah** is the name of their ancestor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 40 yu1j translate-names יֵשׁ֧וּעַ וְקַדְמִיאֵ֛ל…הוֹדַוְיָ֖ה 1 Иисуса и Кадмиила… Годавии **Jeshua and Kadmiel** are men’s names, and **Hodevah** is the name of their ancestor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 41 t56r translate-unknown הַֽמְשֹׁרְרִ֑ים 1 Певцов **The ones who sang** refers to vocal musicians who led in worship, in processions, and ceremonies, producing music and chants that emphasized and enhanced the occasion. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
EZR 2 41 th1l figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י אָסָ֔ף 1 сыновей Асафа **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “who were descendants of Asaph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 41 wkzb translate-names אָסָ֔ף 1 Асафа **Asaph** is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 42 xno0 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י הַשֹּֽׁעֲרִ֗ים 1 Сыновей сторожей ворот **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “Some of the descendants of the gatekeepers also returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 42 i72w translate-unknown הַשֹּֽׁעֲרִ֗ים 1 сторожей ворот **The gatekeepers** refers to people who had been assigned to the gates of the city Jerusalem and of the temple within the city. They were responsible for controlling access to these places. They would open and close the gates at times and for reasons set by the authorities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
EZR 2 42 imn8 figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־שַׁלּ֤וּם בְּנֵֽי־אָטֵר֙ בְּנֵי־טַלְמ֣וֹן בְּנֵי־עַקּ֔וּב בְּנֵ֥י חֲטִיטָ֖א בְּנֵ֣י שֹׁבָ֑י 1 сыновья Шаллума, сыновья Атера, сыновья Талмона, сыновья Аккува, сыновья Хатиты, сыновья Шовая **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Shallum, Ater, Talmon, Akkub, Hatita, and Shobai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 42 lyb8 translate-names שַׁלּ֤וּם…אָטֵר֙…טַלְמ֣וֹן…עַקּ֔וּב…חֲטִיטָ֖א…שֹׁבָ֑י 1 Шаллума... Атера... Талмона... Аккува... Хатиты... Шовая These are the names of six men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 42 lyb8 translate-names שַׁלּ֤וּם…אָטֵר֙…טַלְמ֣וֹן…עַקּ֔וּב…חֲטִיטָ֖א…שֹׁבָ֑י 1 Шаллума… Атера… Талмона… Аккува… Хатиты… Шовая These are the names of six men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 43 fhw8 translate-unknown הַנְּתִינִ֑ים 1 Нефинеев The term **Nethinim** describes servants who worked in the temple. Alternate translation: “The temple servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
EZR 2 43 nt2x הַנְּתִינִ֑ים 1 Нефинеев Alternate translation: “Some of the descendants of the temple servants also returned”
|
||||
EZR 2 43 m9ay figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־צִיחָ֥א בְנֵי־חֲשׂוּפָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י טַבָּעֽוֹת׃ 1 сыновья Цихи, сыновья Хасуфы, сыновья Таббаофа **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “they were from the descendants of Ziha, Hasupha, Tabbaoth,” beginning a series that will continue through [2:54](../02/54.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 43 tx4y translate-names צִיחָ֥א…חֲשׂוּפָ֖א…טַבָּעֽוֹת 1 Цихи... Хасуфы... Таббаофа These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 43 tx4y translate-names צִיחָ֥א…חֲשׂוּפָ֖א…טַבָּעֽוֹת 1 Цихи… Хасуфы… Таббаофа These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 44 vl6i figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־קֵרֹ֥ס בְּֽנֵי־סִֽיעֲהָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י פָדֽוֹן׃ 1 сыновья Кероса, сыновья Сиаги, сыновья Фадона **Sons** figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Keros, Siaha, Padon,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 45 b5nu figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־לְבָנָ֥ה בְנֵי־חֲגָבָ֖ה בְּנֵ֥י עַקּֽוּב׃ 1 сыновья Лебаны, сыновья Хагабы, сыновья Аккува **Sons** figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Lebanah, Hagabah, Akkub,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 46 qx4z translate-names בְּנֵי־חָגָ֥ב בְּנֵי־שַׁלְמַ֖י בְּנֵ֥י חָנָֽן׃ 1 сыновья Хагава, сыновья Шамлая, сыновья Ханана **Sons** figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:43](../02/43.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Hagab, Shalmai, Hanan,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ EZR 2 54 r7cn figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֥י נְצִ֖יחַ בְּנֵ֥י חֲ
|
|||
EZR 2 55 kd7e figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֖י עַבְדֵ֣י שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה 1 Сыновья рабов Соломона **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “Some of the descendants of the laborers who had worked for the kingdom also returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 55 zx3k translate-unknown עַבְדֵ֣י שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה 1 рабов Соломона By **servants of Solomon**, this list does not mean officials who served in Solomon’s court. Rather, this phrase refers to people whom Solomon first conscripted as laborers. They were descendants of the groups that were living in the land of Canaan before the Israelites occupied it. They and their descendants remained conscripted laborers under later kings. Alternate translation: “the laborers that King Solomon first conscripted” or “laborers who had worked for the kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
EZR 2 55 vt3s figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־סֹטַ֥י בְּנֵי־הַסֹּפֶ֖רֶת בְּנֵ֥י פְרוּדָֽא׃ 1 сыновья Сотая, сыновья Гассоферефа, сыновья Феруды **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “they were from the descendants of Sotai, Hassophereth, Peruda,” beginning a series that will continue through [2:57](../02/57.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 55 rnfm translate-names סֹטַ֥י…הַסֹּפֶ֖רֶת…פְרוּדָֽא 1 Сотая... Гассоферефа... Феруды These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 55 rnfm translate-names סֹטַ֥י…הַסֹּפֶ֖רֶת…פְרוּדָֽא 1 Сотая… Гассоферефа… Феруды These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 56 jtpw figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־יַעְלָ֥ה בְנֵי־דַרְק֖וֹן בְּנֵ֥י גִדֵּֽל׃ 1 сыновья Иаалы, сыновья Даркона, сыновья Гиддела **Sons** figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:55](../02/55.md), you can just list the names of these three men. Alternate translation: “Jaalah, Darkon, Giddel,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 57 f1lh figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֧י שְׁפַטְיָ֣ה בְנֵֽי־חַטִּ֗יל בְּנֵ֛י פֹּכֶ֥רֶת הַצְּבָיִ֖ים בְּנֵ֥י אָמִֽי׃ 1 сыновья Сефатии, сыновья Хаттила, сыновья Похереф-Гаццебайима, сыновья Амия **Sons** figuratively means descendants. If you continue the sentence from [2:55](../02/55.md), you can just list the names of these four men, and end the series in this verse. Alternate translation: “Shephatiah, Hattil, Pochereth Hazzebaim, and Ami” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 58 y86d כָּ֨ל־הַנְּתִינִ֔ים וּבְנֵ֖י עַבְדֵ֣י שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת תִּשְׁעִ֥ים וּשְׁנָֽיִם׃ 1 Всех нефинеев и сыновей рабов Соломона — триста девяносто два Alternate translation: “Altogether, 392 men returned who were descendants of temple servants or of laborers who had worked for the kingdom”
|
||||
|
@ -183,21 +183,21 @@ EZR 2 59 gd69 וְלֹ֣א יָֽכְל֗וּ לְהַגִּ֤יד 1 и
|
|||
EZR 2 59 ay8y figs-parallelism בֵּית־אֲבוֹתָם֙ וְזַרְעָ֔ם אִ֥ם מִיִּשְׂרָאֵ֖ל הֵֽם 1 о домах своих отцов и своём семени, от Израиля ли они These two longer phrases mean similar things. The second phrase explains the meaning of the first for clarity and emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translations: “that their ancestors had been Israelites” or “what clan they were from or who their ancestors were, whether they were really Israelites” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
EZR 2 59 jlej figs-doublet בֵּית־אֲבוֹתָם֙ וְזַרְעָ֔ם 1 о домах своих отцов и своём семени These two short phrases mean similar things. They are used together to emphasize that accurate records would be required to prove a person’s lineage. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “what their lineage was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
EZR 2 59 an9o figs-metaphor בֵּית־אֲבוֹתָם֙ 1 о домах своих отцов Among the Israelites, the expressions father’s house or **house of their fathers** originally described an extended-family group. It later came to be used more generally to refer to a larger clan within a tribe. In this expression, the word “house” figuratively describes all the people descended from a particular person. The term views all of those descendants as if they were one household living together. Alternate translation: “what clan they were from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 59 yqp3 figs-metaphor וְזַרְעָ֔ם 1 и своём семени Here, **seed** is a metaphor meaning "offspring." In the Bible, the term refers most often to a person’s descendants. Here it is describing the ancestors of these people, that is, whose seed they were. Alternate translation: “or who their ancestors were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 59 yqp3 figs-metaphor וְזַרְעָ֔ם 1 и своём семени Here, **seed** is a metaphor meaning “offspring.” In the Bible, the term refers most often to a person’s descendants. Here it is describing the ancestors of these people, that is, whose seed they were. Alternate translation: “or who their ancestors were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 60 k7wr בְּנֵי־דְלָיָ֥ה בְנֵי־טוֹבִיָּ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י נְקוֹדָ֑א שֵׁ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים וּשְׁנָֽיִם׃ 1 сыновья Делайи, сыновья Товии, сыновья Некоды — шестьсот пятьдесят два Alternate translation: “Altogether 652 men returned who were from the descendants of Delaiah, Tobiah, and Nekoda”
|
||||
EZR 2 60 v01g figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־דְלָיָ֥ה בְנֵי־טוֹבִיָּ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י נְקוֹדָ֑א 1 сыновья Делайи, сыновья Товии, сыновья Некоды **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “The descendants of Delaiah, Tobiah, and Nekoda” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 60 xr2g translate-names דְלָיָ֥ה…טוֹבִיָּ֖ה…נְקוֹדָ֑א 1 Делайи... Товии... Некоды These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 60 xr2g translate-names דְלָיָ֥ה…טוֹבִיָּ֖ה…נְקוֹדָ֑א 1 Делайи… Товии… Некоды These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 61 io29 וּמִבְּנֵי֙ הַכֹּ֣הֲנִ֔ים 1 И из сыновей священников Alternate translation: “Some of the men who returned from those towns were descendants of the priests”
|
||||
EZR 2 61 heb8 figs-metaphor וּמִבְּנֵי֙ הַכֹּ֣הֲנִ֔ים 1 И из сыновей священников **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “And descendants of the priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 61 mpkp figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֥י חֳבַיָּ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י הַקּ֑וֹץ בְּנֵ֣י בַרְזִלַּ֗י 1 сыновья Хабайи, сыновья Гаккоца, сыновья Верзеллия **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “they were from the descendants of Habaiah, Hakkoz, and Barzillai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 61 vg3t translate-names חֳבַיָּ֖ה…הַקּ֑וֹץ…בַרְזִלַּ֗י 1 Хабайи... Гаккоца... Верзеллия These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 61 vg3t translate-names חֳבַיָּ֖ה…הַקּ֑וֹץ…בַרְזִלַּ֗י 1 Хабайи… Гаккоца… Верзеллия These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 2 61 d6en אֲשֶׁ֣ר לָ֠קַח מִבְּנ֞וֹת בַּרְזִלַּ֤י הַגִּלְעָדִי֙ אִשָּׁ֔ה 1 который взял жену из дочерей галаадитянина Верзеллия Alternate translation: “Barzillai married a woman who was one of the descendants of Barzillai the Gileadite”
|
||||
EZR 2 61 bwy5 figs-metaphor מִבְּנ֞וֹת בַּרְזִלַּ֤י הַגִּלְעָדִי֙ 1 из дочерей галаадитянина Верзеллия **Daughters** figuratively means descendants. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Barzillai the Gileadite” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 61 cxge וַיִּקָּרֵ֖א עַל־שְׁמָֽם 1 и был назван их именем Alternate translation: “and he took the name of her clan as his own name”
|
||||
EZR 2 62 yiq1 figs-activepassive אֵ֗לֶּה בִּקְשׁ֧וּ כְתָבָ֛ם הַמִּתְיַחְשִׂ֖ים וְלֹ֣א נִמְצָ֑אוּ וַֽיְגֹאֲל֖וּ מִן־הַכְּהֻנָּֽה׃ 1 Они искали свою запись, родословную, и не нашли, и были исключены из священства If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “They were not able to find any mention of their names in the lists of people who were descendants of the priests, and so they were not allowed to serve as priests.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 2 62 qt2w figs-abstractnouns וַֽיְגֹאֲל֖וּ מִן־הַכְּהֻנָּֽה 1 и были исключены из священства The abstract noun **priesthood** refers to the work that a priest does and the status that a priest holds as a representative of God to the people. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this term with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “And so they were not allowed to serve as priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EZR 2 63 d82e translate-unknown הַתִּרְשָׁ֨תָא֙ 1 Тиршафа This was the formal Persian title of the governor. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the title and then explain it. Alternate translation: “the Tirshatha, that is, the governor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
EZR 2 63 jyg6 figs-idiom וַיֹּ֤אמֶר…לָהֶ֔ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹא־יֹאכְל֖וּ מִקֹּ֣דֶשׁ הַקֳּדָשִׁ֑ים 1 И сказал им... чтобы не ели от святыни святынь The phrase **the holiest holy food** refers to the most sacred part of the food offerings,<br>which was reserved for the priests. Alternate translation: “told them that they would not be allowed to eat the most sacred food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 2 63 jyg6 figs-idiom וַיֹּ֤אמֶר…לָהֶ֔ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹא־יֹאכְל֖וּ מִקֹּ֣דֶשׁ הַקֳּדָשִׁ֑ים 1 И сказал им… чтобы не ели от святыни святынь The phrase **the holiest holy food** refers to the most sacred part of the food offerings,<br>which was reserved for the priests. Alternate translation: “told them that they would not be allowed to eat the most sacred food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 2 63 e7bg figs-metaphor עַ֛ד עֲמֹ֥ד כֹּהֵ֖ן 1 пока не встанет священник Here, **stood** is a figurative way of saying that a person had assumed the duties of their office. The priest means specifically the high priest, since he was the one who had possession of the objects that this verse describes (see next note). Alternate translation: “until the high priest was once again on duty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 63 n2du translate-unknown לְאוּרִ֥ים וּלְתֻמִּֽים 1 с уримом и с туммимом This was a pair of objects that the high priest kept in the breastpiece of his robe. It is unknown exactly what type of objects they were, but they were used to answer yes-or-no questions and to decide between two alternatives. If the priest, without looking, pulled out the Urim, that meant one answer, while if he pulled out the Thummim, that meant the other answer. If it would be clearer in your language, you could describe these objects by their function rather than by their names. Alternate translation: “and could use the sacred objects to decide their cases” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
EZR 2 64 a73j figs-idiom כָּל־הַקָּהָ֖ל כְּאֶחָ֑ד אַרְבַּ֣ע רִבּ֔וֹא אַלְפַּ֖יִם שְׁלֹשׁ־מֵא֥וֹת שִׁשִּֽׁים׃ 1 Всё общество вместе — сорок две тысячи триста шестьдесят The expression **as one** means all together. Alternate translation: “The total number of men who returned was 42,360” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ EZR 2 67 mho1 גְּמַ֨לֵּיהֶ֔ם אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת
|
|||
EZR 2 68 7aer writing-newevent וּמֵרָאשֵׁי֙ 1 И некоторые из глав The word **and** introduces a new event in the story. You do not need to represent it in your translation unless your language has a similar expression that it characteristically uses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
EZR 2 68 r2vx figs-ellipsis וּמֵרָאשֵׁי֙ הָֽאָב֔וֹת 1 И некоторые из глав семейств **Heads of the fathers** is an abbreviated way of saying the heads of father’s houses. The full expression “house of their fathers” was used in [2:59](../02/59.md). See how you translated it there, and review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate<br>translation: “some of the clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
EZR 2 68 cvyh figs-metaphor וּמֵרָאשֵׁי֙ 1 И некоторые из глав Here, **heads** is a figurative way of saying leaders. Alternate translation: “And<br>… leaders of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 68 onqa figs-metaphor לְבֵ֥ית יְהוָ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר בִּירוּשָׁלִָ֑ם…לְבֵ֣ית הָֽאֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 в дом Яхве, который в Иерусалиме... дому Бога As in [1:3–4](../01/03.md), the expressions **house of Yahweh** and **house of God** both figuratively mean the temple. The book speaks of this temple as if it would be a house in which God lived, since God’s presence would be there. Alternate translation: “the temple of Yahweh in Jerusalem … the temple of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 68 onqa figs-metaphor לְבֵ֥ית יְהוָ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר בִּירוּשָׁלִָ֑ם…לְבֵ֣ית הָֽאֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 в дом Яхве, который в Иерусалиме… дому Бога As in [1:3–4](../01/03.md), the expressions **house of Yahweh** and **house of God** both figuratively mean the temple. The book speaks of this temple as if it would be a house in which God lived, since God’s presence would be there. Alternate translation: “the temple of Yahweh in Jerusalem … the temple of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 2 68 fi3w figs-personification לְהַעֲמִיד֖וֹ עַל־מְכוֹנֽוֹ 1 чтобы восстановить его на его месте This expression indicates figuratively that these gifts were given towards the costs of rebuilding the temple on its former site. The expression envisions the rebuilt temple as like a living thing that would **stand** in that location. Alternate translation: “to rebuild it on its former site” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
EZR 2 69 v744 לְאוֹצַ֣ר הַמְּלָאכָה֒ 1 в сокровищницу на это дело **The work** means the project of rebuilding the temple. The **treasury** was where all of the money would be kept safely until it was needed. Alternate translation: “to the fund for rebuilding the temple”
|
||||
EZR 2 69 qh93 translate-bmoney זָהָ֗ב דַּרְכְּמוֹנִים֙ שֵׁשׁ־רִבֹּ֣אות וָאֶ֔לֶף 1 шестьдесят одну тысячу драхм золота In ancient times, **gold darics** each weighed about 8 or 8.5 grams, or about a quarter of an ounce. You could try to express this in terms of modern money values, but if you did, that could cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. Instead, you might say something general like “61,000 gold coins,” or give the equivalent weight, or use the biblical term in the text and give the weight in a note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
|
@ -217,11 +217,11 @@ EZR 2 69 h3zd translate-unknown וְכָתְנֹ֥ת כֹּהֲנִ֖ים מ
|
|||
EZR 2 70 w7fw וַיֵּשְׁב֣וּ הַכֹּהֲנִ֣ים וְ֠הַלְוִיִּם וּֽמִן־הָעָ֞ם וְהַמְשֹׁרְרִ֧ים וְהַשּׁוֹעֲרִ֛ים וְהַנְּתִינִ֖ים בְּעָרֵיהֶ֑ם וְכָל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בְּעָרֵיהֶֽם׃ 1 И жили священники, левиты и некоторые из народа, и певцы, и сторожа ворот, и нефинеи в своих городах, и весь Израиль — в своих городах This is a summary conclusion to the list. See how you translated each of these terms within the list: priests in v. [36](../02/36.md), Levites in v. [40](../02/40.md), singers in v. [41](../02/41.md), gatekeepers in v. [42](../02/42.md), and Nethinim in v. [43](../02/43.md). Review the notes to each of these verses if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “So the priests, Levites, other Israelites, singers, gatekeepers, and temple servants returned to Judah and settled in the places where their ancestors had formerly lived”
|
||||
EZR 2 70 gg6o figs-parallelism וְכָל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בְּעָרֵיהֶֽם 1 и весь Израиль — в своих городах This sentence repeats the meaning of the previous sentence, perhaps for emphasis, to show that the return was accomplished successfully. You do not need to translate this sentence separately if that might be confusing for your readers. Its meaning is included in the alternate translation suggested for the previous sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
EZR 3 intro rp9a 0 # Ezra 03 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the story of the building of the temple and re-establishment of worship in the new temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Rebuilding the temple<br><br>They immediately began the temple worship even though the temple had not yet been built because they feared the people of the surrounding nations.
|
||||
EZR 3 1 us0g grammar-connect-time-sequential וַיִּגַּע֙ 1 наступил... и The word **then** indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “Once this group had returned to Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
EZR 3 1 us0g grammar-connect-time-sequential וַיִּגַּע֙ 1 наступил… и The word **then** indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “Once this group had returned to Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
EZR 3 1 lr47 figs-explicit וַיִּגַּע֙ הַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הַשְּׁבִיעִ֔י 1 наступил седьмой месяц, и This phrase refers to the beginning of the seventh month in the Jewish religious calendar, which is the first month in the Jewish civic calendar. The phrase is actually giving the reason why the people gathered in Jerusalem at this time. It was the start of a new year, and the leadership had decided to resume community worship, including daily sacrifices, as of the beginning of that year, as [2:6](../02/06.md) indicates. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “At the start of the seventh month, because it was the beginning of a new civic year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 3 1 h84e translate-ordinal הַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הַשְּׁבִיעִ֔י 1 седьмой месяц Alternate translation: “month seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
EZR 3 1 a2ka translate-hebrewmonths הַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הַשְּׁבִיעִ֔י 1 седьмой месяц You could convert the Hebrew **month** into an equivalent on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the equivalency will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to use the number of the Hebrew month. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
|
||||
EZR 3 1 d1d0 figs-informremind וּבְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בֶּעָרִ֑ים ס וַיֵּאָסְפ֥וּ הָעָ֛ם…אֶל־יְרוּשָׁלִָֽם 1 И... сыновья Израиля были в городах, и собрались люди... в Иерусалиме Here the book repeats some background information to remind readers why the Israelites were not all in Jerusalem already and would have had to come there from various places. Alternate translation: “the Israelites came from the different places where they had settled and they gathered ... in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
|
||||
EZR 3 1 d1d0 figs-informremind וּבְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בֶּעָרִ֑ים ס וַיֵּאָסְפ֥וּ הָעָ֛ם…אֶל־יְרוּשָׁלִָֽם 1 И… сыновья Израиля были в городах, и собрались люди… в Иерусалиме Here the book repeats some background information to remind readers why the Israelites were not all in Jerusalem already and would have had to come there from various places. Alternate translation: “the Israelites came from the different places where they had settled and they gathered … in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
|
||||
EZR 3 1 vth3 figs-metaphor וּבְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 и сыновья Израиля Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. The book is envisioning all of the Israelites as descendants of the patriarch Jacob, who was also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 3 1 hh94 figs-activepassive וַיֵּאָסְפ֥וּ הָעָ֛ם 1 и собрались люди If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “And they gathered together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 3 1 hwv6 figs-idiom כְּאִ֥ישׁ אֶחָ֖ד 1 как один человек **As one man** is an idiom that means they gathered as if they were a single person, that is, all in one place at the same time for the same purpose. Alternate translation: “as if they were a single person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
@ -269,9 +269,9 @@ EZR 3 7 gq2g translate-names הַלְּבָנוֹן֙ 1 Ливана **Lebano
|
|||
EZR 3 7 kya8 translate-names יָפ֔וֹא 1 в Яфу **Joppa** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 3 7 ze22 figs-activepassive כְּרִשְׁי֛וֹן כּ֥וֹרֶשׁ מֶֽלֶךְ־פָּרַ֖ס עֲלֵיהֶֽם 1 с разрешения Кира, царя Персии If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “for King Cyrus of Persia had authorized them to do this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 3 7 tfm5 grammar-connect-logic-result כְּרִשְׁי֛וֹן כּ֥וֹרֶשׁ מֶֽלֶךְ־פָּרַ֖ס עֲלֵיהֶֽם 1 с разрешения Кира, царя Персии If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this sentence first in the verse since it gives the reason for the actions that the rest of the verse describes. You could also show the connection by beginning the next sentence with a phrase such as “and so.” Alternate translation: “King Cyrus of Persia had authorized the Jewish leaders to get the materials they needed to rebuild the temple, and so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EZR 3 8 ayx1 grammar-connect-time-sequential וּבַשָּׁנָ֣ה הַשֵּׁנִ֗ית…בַּחֹ֖דֶשׁ הַשֵּׁנִ֑י 1 И на втором году... во втором месяце The word **and** at the beginning of this phrase indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the events it has just described. Alternate translation: “In the second month of the second year” You could also indicate the specific amount of time that had passed since the time of the earlier events. Alternate translation: “Seven months later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
EZR 3 8 ze5c writing-newevent וּבַשָּׁנָ֣ה 1 И на... году The word **and** introduces a new event in the story. You do not need to represent it in your translation unless your language has a similar expression that it characteristically uses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
EZR 3 8 e0js translate-ordinal וּבַשָּׁנָ֣ה הַשֵּׁנִ֗ית…בַּחֹ֖דֶשׁ הַשֵּׁנִ֑י 1 И на втором году... во втором месяце Alternate translation: “in month two of year two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
EZR 3 8 ayx1 grammar-connect-time-sequential וּבַשָּׁנָ֣ה הַשֵּׁנִ֗ית…בַּחֹ֖דֶשׁ הַשֵּׁנִ֑י 1 И на втором году… во втором месяце The word **and** at the beginning of this phrase indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the events it has just described. Alternate translation: “In the second month of the second year” You could also indicate the specific amount of time that had passed since the time of the earlier events. Alternate translation: “Seven months later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
EZR 3 8 ze5c writing-newevent וּבַשָּׁנָ֣ה 1 И на… году The word **and** introduces a new event in the story. You do not need to represent it in your translation unless your language has a similar expression that it characteristically uses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
EZR 3 8 e0js translate-ordinal וּבַשָּׁנָ֣ה הַשֵּׁנִ֗ית…בַּחֹ֖דֶשׁ הַשֵּׁנִ֑י 1 И на втором году… во втором месяце Alternate translation: “in month two of year two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
EZR 3 8 eh5s translate-hebrewmonths בַּחֹ֖דֶשׁ הַשֵּׁנִ֑י 1 во втором месяце You could convert the Hebrew day and month into an approximate date on the calendar that your culture uses. However, the Jews used a lunar calendar, so if you use a solar calendar, the date will be different every year and the translation will not be entirely accurate. So you may just want to use the numbers of the Hebrew day and month. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
|
||||
EZR 3 8 rs79 figs-explicit וּבַשָּׁנָ֣ה הַשֵּׁנִ֗ית לְבוֹאָ֞ם אֶל־בֵּ֤ית הָֽאֱלֹהִים֙ לִיר֣וּשָׁלִַ֔ם 1 И на втором году их прибытия в дом Бога в Иерусалиме At this time, there was no temple in Jerusalem. So this phrase likely means one of two things: (1) The book could be referring implicitly to the purpose for which they came. In that case, it would mean “In the second year after they returned to Jerusalem in order to build a new temple there.” or (2) The book could also be describing the return to Judah generally by referring to one prominent place in Judah, the temple site in Jerusalem. In that case, it would mean “In the second year after they returned from exile to the province of Judah to resettle there.” You could say either of those things as an alternate translation if that would be helpful to your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 3 8 y8bn figs-metaphor בֵּ֤ית הָֽאֱלֹהִים֙ 1 дом Бога Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -292,14 +292,14 @@ EZR 3 9 r3rx translate-names קַדְמִיאֵ֨ל 1 Кадмиил **Kadmiel**
|
|||
EZR 3 9 sc2u וּבָנָ֤יו 1 и его сыновья Here as well, the term **sons** does not seem to be figurative. Rather, it describes the biological sons of Kadmiel as people who helped supervise the temple construction.
|
||||
EZR 3 9 w4q7 figs-metaphor בְּנֵֽי־יְהוּדָה֙ 1 сыновья Иуды But here, **sons** does figuratively mean descendants. As [2:40](../02/40.md) explains, Jeshua and Kadmiel were the leaders of two Levite clans that were both descended from a man named Hodaviah. Alternate translation: “who were all descendants of Hodaviah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 3 9 mrij translate-names יְהוּדָה֙ 1 Иуды **Judah** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [2:40](../02/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 3 9 xr9e figs-metaphor וַיַּעֲמֹ֣ד…כְּאֶחָ֔ד לְנַצֵּ֛חַ עַל־עֹשֵׂ֥ה הַמְּלָאכָ֖ה 1 И встали... как один, надзирать за выполняющими работу As in [2:63](../02/63.md), **stood** is a figurative way of saying that a person assumed<br>the duties of their office. Alternate translation: “joined together to supervise the workers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 3 9 xr9e figs-metaphor וַיַּעֲמֹ֣ד…כְּאֶחָ֔ד לְנַצֵּ֛חַ עַל־עֹשֵׂ֥ה הַמְּלָאכָ֖ה 1 И встали… как один, надзирать за выполняющими работу As in [2:63](../02/63.md), **stood** is a figurative way of saying that a person assumed<br>the duties of their office. Alternate translation: “joined together to supervise the workers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 3 9 myu1 figs-idiom כְּאֶחָ֔ד 1 как один **As one** is an idiom that means these men all behaved as if they were a single person, that is, they all did the same thing, they worked unitedly towards a common goal. Alternate translation: “together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 3 9 mgw2 הַמְּלָאכָ֖ה בְּבֵ֣ית הָאֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 работу в доме Бога As in [2:69](../02/69.md) and [3:8](../03/08.md), **the work** means the project of rebuilding the temple. Alternate translation: “the workers who were rebuilding the temple”
|
||||
EZR 3 9 ihtd figs-explicit בְּנֵי֙ חֵֽנָדָ֔ד בְּנֵיהֶ֥ם וַאֲחֵיהֶ֖ם הַלְוִיִּֽם 1 сыновья Хенадада, их сыновья и братья, левиты The relationship of this list of names to the rest of the verse is not entirely clear. (1) One possibility is that it is a list of the people who did the actual construction work on the new temple under the supervision of Jeshua, Kadmiel, and their relatives. (2) Another possibility is that the people listed here helped Jeshua, Kadmiel, and their relatives supervise other people who did the construction work. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say one of those things explicitly. Alternate translations: (1) “those workers were the sons and grandsons of a man named Henadad and all the other Levites” or, (2) “the sons and grandsons of a man named Henadad and all the other Levites helped them supervise the workers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 3 9 q6vn figs-metaphor בְּנֵי֙ חֵֽנָדָ֔ד בְּנֵיהֶ֥ם וַאֲחֵיהֶ֖ם הַלְוִיִּֽם 1 сыновья Хенадада, их сыновья и братья, левиты (1) **Their** could refer to Jeshua and Kadmiel, in which case **their brothers the Levites** would be a figurative way of saying “their fellow Levites,” as opposed to the biological brothers mentioned earlier in the verse. The phrase would refer to all the other Levites who had returned from exile. (2) However, **their** could also refer to the sons of Henadad. It would still mean “fellow Levites,” and it would indicate that those men were Levites themselves. Alternate translations: (1) “the sons and grandsons of a man named Henadad and all the other Levites who had returned from exile” or (2) “the sons and grandsons of a man named Henadad and the others who were Levites as they were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 3 9 nyal translate-names בְּנֵי֙ חֵֽנָדָ֔ד בְּנֵיהֶ֥ם 1 сыновья Хенадада, их сыновья The **sons of Henadad** seems to mean the actual sons of a man named Henadad. **Their sons** seems to mean the actual sons of those men. The book does not mention Henadad anywhere else and it does not provide any further information about him, so it would probably be best simply to state his name. Alternate translation: “the sons and grandsons of a man named Henadad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 3 10 zkmw grammar-connect-time-sequential וְיִסְּד֥וּ הַבֹּנִ֖ים אֶת־הֵיכַ֣ל יְהוָ֑ה 1 И заложили строители фундамент храма Яхве The word **and** at the beginning of this sentence indicates that it will describe something that took place after the event the story has just related. (Specifically, now that all the necessary supervisors were in place, the construction work could begin.) If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a word such as “then.” Alternate translation: “Then the builders laid the foundation of the new temple for Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
EZR 3 10 w1j9 figs-explicit וְיִסְּד֥וּ…אֶת־הֵיכַ֣ל 1 И заложили... фундамент храма This likely means that the workers had done more than set stone blocks in place to support the temple walls. They had probably set the entire temple floor in stone. This would have allowed many of the people who had come for this celebration to stand within the site of the future temple. It would also have enabled the priests to wear their special garments and keep them clean. Alternate translation: “And … set the temple floor in stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 3 10 w1j9 figs-explicit וְיִסְּד֥וּ…אֶת־הֵיכַ֣ל 1 И заложили… фундамент храма This likely means that the workers had done more than set stone blocks in place to support the temple walls. They had probably set the entire temple floor in stone. This would have allowed many of the people who had come for this celebration to stand within the site of the future temple. It would also have enabled the priests to wear their special garments and keep them clean. Alternate translation: “And … set the temple floor in stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 3 10 y39g figs-metaphor וַיַּעֲמִידוּ֩ הַכֹּהֲנִ֨ים מְלֻבָּשִׁ֜ים בַּחֲצֹֽצְר֗וֹת 1 и поставили священников, одетых, с трубами As in [2:63](../02/63.md) and [3:9](../03/09.md), **stand** is a figurative way of saying that a person assumes the duties of their office. Alternate translation: “And they had the priests, wearing their sacred garments, come to the temple site and play their trumpets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 3 10 kh7e figs-activepassive מְלֻבָּשִׁ֜ים 1 одетых If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind this passive verb form with a phrase that uses an active form. Alternate translation: “wearing their sacred garments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 3 10 dhpq figs-explicit וְהַלְוִיִּ֤ם בְּנֵֽי־אָסָף֙ בַּֽמְצִלְתַּ֔יִם 1 и левитов, сыновей Асафа, с кимвалами The book expects readers to know that **the Levites** of this clan were vocal musicians who led the community in worship, particularly on ceremonial occasions such as this one. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and they had the Levites who were descendants of Asaph, sing and play their cymbals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
@ -316,10 +316,10 @@ EZR 3 11 ut4a figs-abstractnouns כִּֽי־לְעוֹלָ֥ם חַסְדּ
|
|||
EZR 3 11 uqct figs-activepassive עַ֖ל הוּסַ֥ד בֵּית־יְהוָֽה 1 за то, что заложен фундамент дома Яхве If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translations: “because the builders had laid the foundation of Yahweh’s temple” or “because the builders had set the temple floor in stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 3 12 h0i1 grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְרַבִּ֡ים 1 И многие The word **but** indicates that the sentence it introduces will draw a contrast. That contrast is specifically between the joyful way readers would expect all the Israelites to have responded on this occasion and the sorrowful way that some of them responded. You could use a word such as “however” to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
EZR 3 12 cq1v figs-ellipsis וְרָאשֵׁ֨י הָאָב֜וֹת 1 и глав семейств As in [1:5](../01/05.md), this is an abbreviated way of saying “the heads of the father's houses.” Review the explanatory note to this phrase in [1:5](../01/05.md) if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “the clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
EZR 3 12 d6gu writing-background הַזְּקֵנִ֗ים אֲשֶׁ֨ר רָא֜וּ אֶת־הַבַּ֤יִת 1 стариков, которые видели... дом This phrase provides background information to identify these specific priests, Levites, and clan leaders further. Alternate translation: “who were old enough to have seen the first temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
EZR 3 12 d6gu writing-background הַזְּקֵנִ֗ים אֲשֶׁ֨ר רָא֜וּ אֶת־הַבַּ֤יִת 1 стариков, которые видели… дом This phrase provides background information to identify these specific priests, Levites, and clan leaders further. Alternate translation: “who were old enough to have seen the first temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
EZR 3 12 wzqy figs-explicit בֹּכִ֖ים בְּק֣וֹל גָּד֑וֹל 1 плакали громким голосом The book does not say specifically why these older leaders who had seen the first temple were weeping. One possibility is that they felt grief and loss because they remembered the first temple in all of its glory and they could not imagine that this replacement would ever be as splendid. Another possibility is that seeing the community begin to restore its temple brought back memories of the terrible days in which the original temple had been destroyed and the people had had to leave their homes and go into exile. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say one of these things explicitly. Alternate translations: “wept loudly because they thought this new temple could never be as glorious as the first one” or “wept loudly because they remembered how the first temple had been destroyed” or just “wept loudly, remembering the past” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 3 12 yarf figs-metonymy בְּיָסְד֔וֹ זֶ֤ה הַבַּ֨יִת֙ בְּעֵ֣ינֵיהֶ֔ם 1 когда закладывался фундамент этого дома на их глазах As in [3:6](../03/06.md), **founding** means to begin construction on a building. It is a reference to the first step, laying a foundation, though it may mean starting the project generally. **Eyes** figuratively represent sight. So this phrase means “when construction began on the temple in their sight.” Alternate translation: “when they saw the foundation the builders laid for this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 3 12 xj13 figs-metaphor אֶת־הַבַּ֤יִת הָֽרִאשׁוֹן֙…זֶ֤ה הַבַּ֨יִת֙ 1 первый дом... этого дома As often in this book, **house** is a metaphor for **temple**. Alternate translation: “the first temple … this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 3 12 xj13 figs-metaphor אֶת־הַבַּ֤יִת הָֽרִאשׁוֹן֙…זֶ֤ה הַבַּ֨יִת֙ 1 первый дом… этого дома As often in this book, **house** is a metaphor for **temple**. Alternate translation: “the first temple … this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 3 12 rmy5 grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְרַבִּ֛ים 1 и многие The word **yet** indicates a contrast between what the people just described were doing and what the people who will be described next were doing. Alternate translation: “but many others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
EZR 3 12 d9tw figs-idiom וְרַבִּ֛ים בִּתְרוּעָ֥ה בְשִׂמְחָ֖ה לְהָרִ֥ים קֽוֹל 1 и многие поднимали голос криком, радостью To be **lifting up a voice** is an idiom that means to be speaking, shouting, or singing loudly. Alternate translation: “many others were giving loud, happy shouts.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 3 12 onuv figs-abstractnouns וְרַבִּ֛ים בִּתְרוּעָ֥ה בְשִׂמְחָ֖ה לְהָרִ֥ים קֽוֹל 1 и многие поднимали голос криком, радостью The idea behind the abstract noun **joy** can be expressed with an adjective such as happy. Alternate translation: “But many others were giving loud, happy shouts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
@ -331,13 +331,13 @@ EZR 4 intro x878 0 # Ezra 04 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting
|
|||
EZR 4 1 v368 writing-background וַֽיִּשְׁמְע֔וּ 1 И услышали The word **Now** indicates that the sentence it introduces will provide background information that will be needed to understand what the book describes next. You can translate it with the word or phrase in your language that is most similar in meaning and significance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
EZR 4 1 miqb figs-personification יְהוּדָ֖ה וּבִנְיָמִ֑ן 1 Иуды и Вениамина Here the book is referring figuratively to the people who came from the tribe of Judah as if they were a single person, their ancestor Judah. It is referring similarly to the people of the tribe of Benjamin as if they were a single person, their ancestor Benjamin. Alternate translation: “the people of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin” or see the next note for a further possibility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
EZR 4 1 i4dx figs-hendiadys יְהוּדָ֖ה וּבִנְיָמִ֑ן 1 Иуды и Вениамина Here the book may be expressing a single idea figuratively by using two words connected with **and**. Together, the two words may be a way of referring to all of the Israelites, since at this point the community consisted essentially of people from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
EZR 4 1 vflf figs-synecdoche וַֽיִּשְׁמְע֔וּ…כִּֽי־בְנֵ֤י הַגּוֹלָה֙ בּוֹנִ֣ים הֵיכָ֔ל 1 И услышали... что сыновья переселения строят храм **Heard** means that these enemies learned by some means that the Jews were doing this. The book is figuratively using hearing, one means of discovering things, to describe the enemies learning this. Alternate translation: “learned that the Jews who had returned from exile were building a temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
EZR 4 1 vflf figs-synecdoche וַֽיִּשְׁמְע֔וּ…כִּֽי־בְנֵ֤י הַגּוֹלָה֙ בּוֹנִ֣ים הֵיכָ֔ל 1 И услышали… что сыновья переселения строят храм **Heard** means that these enemies learned by some means that the Jews were doing this. The book is figuratively using hearing, one means of discovering things, to describe the enemies learning this. Alternate translation: “learned that the Jews who had returned from exile were building a temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
EZR 4 1 syf6 figs-idiom בְנֵ֤י הַגּוֹלָה֙ 1 сыновья переселения As indicated in [2:1](../02/01.md) and [8:35](../08/35.md), the phrase **the sons of the exile** refers specifically to the group of Jewish people who returned to the land of Judah from Babylon after King Nebuchadnezzar had conquered Jerusalem and had taken many Jews as captives to Babylon. Alternate translations: “the Jews who had returned from exile” or “the Jews who had returned to their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 4 1 czf3 figs-informremind לַיהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 Яхве, Бога Израиля This phrase provides further background information about Yahweh and it likely expresses the perspective of the enemies on the situation. Alternate translations: “Yahweh, the God they worshiped” or “Yahweh, the God whom the people of Israel worshiped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
|
||||
EZR 4 2 dkbu grammar-connect-logic-result וַיִּגְּשׁ֨וּ 1 И подошли они The word **so** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result, they went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EZR 4 2 spx4 translate-names זְרֻבָּבֶ֜ל 1 Зоровавелю **Zerubbabel** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [2:2](../02/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 4 2 zcwc figs-ellipsis רָאשֵׁ֣י הָֽאָב֗וֹת 1 главам семейств As in [1:5](../01/05.md) and elsewhere in the book, this is an abbreviated way of saying **the heads of** father’s houses. Alternate translation: “the clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
EZR 4 2 exyv figs-explicit וַיֹּאמְר֤וּ לָהֶם֙ נִבְנֶ֣ה עִמָּכֶ֔ם 1 и сказали им: "Мы будем строить с вами Since the book says in the previous verse that these people were enemies of the Jews, the implication is that they were not sincere when they claimed that they wanted to help build the temple. Instead, they were probably looking for a way to thwart the building project from within. The Jewish leaders refused their offer, and that suggests that they themselves suspected that these people were insincere. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say something like that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and they said to the Jews, ‘We would like to help you build the temple’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 4 2 exyv figs-explicit וַיֹּאמְר֤וּ לָהֶם֙ נִבְנֶ֣ה עִמָּכֶ֔ם 1 и сказали им: “Мы будем строить с вами Since the book says in the previous verse that these people were enemies of the Jews, the implication is that they were not sincere when they claimed that they wanted to help build the temple. Instead, they were probably looking for a way to thwart the building project from within. The Jewish leaders refused their offer, and that suggests that they themselves suspected that these people were insincere. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say something like that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and they said to the Jews, ‘We would like to help you build the temple’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 4 2 yrms figs-idiom נִדְר֖וֹשׁ לֵֽאלֹהֵיכֶ֑ם 1 мы ищем вашего Бога Here, **seek** is an idiom that means to worship and pray to God or a god. Alternate translation: “we worship your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 4 2 ffnu figs-idiom מִימֵי֙ אֵסַ֤ר חַדֹּן֙ 1 от дней Асардана The term **days** is used figuratively here to refer a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “since the time of Esarhaddon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 4 2 yx1s translate-names אֵסַ֤ר חַדֹּן֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ אַשּׁ֔וּר 1 Асардана, царя Ассирии **Esarhaddon** is the name of a man, and **Assyria** is the name of his kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
@ -354,8 +354,8 @@ EZR 4 3 vez9 figs-informremind אֱלֹהֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Бог
|
|||
EZR 4 3 kqpr figs-explicit כַּאֲשֶׁ֣ר צִוָּ֔נוּ הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ כּ֥וֹרֶשׁ מֶֽלֶךְ־פָּרָֽס 1 как повелел нам царь Кир, царь Персии It is implicit in the story that the Jewish leaders know that they cannot trust these foreign leaders, whom the story describes as their enemies. The Jewish leaders suggest indirectly that they do not accept their claim to be devotees of Yahweh. They say, “It is not for you … to build a house for our God,” and they describe Yahweh as the God of Israel exclusively. But apparently they cannot contradict the claim directly, perhaps for reasons of etiquette and diplomacy. Instead, it seems that they find convenient grounds to exclude foreigners from the temple project in the literal wording of the proclamation that Cyrus issued: “Whoever among you is from all his people …may he build the house of Yahweh, the God of Israel.” It may be possible in your translation to translate this phrase in such a way that your readers will implicitly recognize it as the convenient excuse it apparently is. Alternate translation: “for that is what King Cyrus of Persia commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 4 4 j0ej writing-newevent וַיְהִי֙ 1 И тогда The phrase **and it happened that** introduces a new event in the story. You do not need to represent it in your translation unless your language has a similar expression that it characteristically uses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
EZR 4 4 d9da figs-idiom עַם־הָאָ֔רֶץ 1 народ той земли This expression refers to the non-Israelite people groups, listed in [4:9](../04/09.md), whom the Assyrian kings Esarhaddon and Ashurbanipal had brought to live in the area just north of Judah in the century before the Jews were taken away into exile themselves. When the Jews returned to their homeland, those foreign groups were still living nearby. Alternate translation: “the foreign people groups living nearby” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 4 4 n1m9 figs-parallelism וַיְהִי֙…מְרַפִּ֖ים יְדֵ֣י עַם־יְהוּדָ֑ה וּֽמְבַהֲלִ֥ים אוֹתָ֖ם לִבְנֽוֹת 1 И тогда... стал ослаблять руки народа Иуды и устрашать их в строительстве These two phrases mean similar things. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “making the people of Judah so intimidated that they stopped working on the temple” However, there is a slight distinction between the phrases. The first one describes how the people felt inwardly, and the second one explains what effect this had on their outward actions. So you could also translate the phrases separately. Alternate translation: “were intimidating the people of Judah so that they were afraid to keep working on the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
EZR 4 4 mih7 figs-metaphor וַיְהִי֙…מְרַפִּ֖ים יְדֵ֣י עַם־יְהוּדָ֑ה 1 И тогда... стал ослаблять руки народа Иуды Here, **hands** figuratively represents power and action, so **making the hands weak** means to make someone so discouraged or intimidated that they do not use their power to act. Alternate translation: “were intimidating the people of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 4 4 n1m9 figs-parallelism וַיְהִי֙…מְרַפִּ֖ים יְדֵ֣י עַם־יְהוּדָ֑ה וּֽמְבַהֲלִ֥ים אוֹתָ֖ם לִבְנֽוֹת 1 И тогда… стал ослаблять руки народа Иуды и устрашать их в строительстве These two phrases mean similar things. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “making the people of Judah so intimidated that they stopped working on the temple” However, there is a slight distinction between the phrases. The first one describes how the people felt inwardly, and the second one explains what effect this had on their outward actions. So you could also translate the phrases separately. Alternate translation: “were intimidating the people of Judah so that they were afraid to keep working on the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
EZR 4 4 mih7 figs-metaphor וַיְהִי֙…מְרַפִּ֖ים יְדֵ֣י עַם־יְהוּדָ֑ה 1 И тогда… стал ослаблять руки народа Иуды Here, **hands** figuratively represents power and action, so **making the hands weak** means to make someone so discouraged or intimidated that they do not use their power to act. Alternate translation: “were intimidating the people of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 4 4 aq32 עַם־יְהוּדָ֑ה 1 народа Иуды In this context, this expression does not mean all the inhabitants of the province of Judah, whatever their nationality, but rather specifically the Jews who returned from exile and settled there. Alternate translation: “the Jews who had returned from exile and settled in the province of Judah”
|
||||
EZR 4 5 ndut translate-unknown וְסֹכְרִ֧ים עֲלֵיהֶ֛ם יוֹעֲצִ֖ים 1 И нанимали против них советников **Counselors** means royal advisors in the Persian court. The enemies of the Jews were bribing the counselors to try to get them to influence the king against the Jews. Alternate translation: “and bribing royal advisors to work against the Jews in the Persian court” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
EZR 4 5 kd9a לְהָפֵ֣ר עֲצָתָ֑ם 1 чтобы разрушить их план Alternate translation: “to keep them from successfully rebuilding the temple”
|
||||
|
@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ EZR 4 7 jl52 figs-activepassive הַֽנִּשְׁתְּוָ֔ן כָּת֥ו
|
|||
EZR 4 7 ym9r figs-explicit וּמְתֻרְגָּ֥ם אֲרָמִֽית 1 и переведено по-арамейски We might expect that, logically, this phrase would come before the previous one, written in the **Aramaic** script, since the letter had to be composed before it was written down. But in its present position at the end of this sentence, this phrase actually serves a larger purpose within the book. It signals readers that what follows, through [6:18](../06/18.md), is itself written in Aramaic. Presumably the original readers, who were clearly expected to understand both languages, would have been alert to such a signal. (A long Aramaic section in the book of Daniel is introduced similarly: “Then the wise men spoke to the king in Aramaic,” Daniel 2:4.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 4 8 s8m7 translate-names רְח֣וּם 1 Рехум **Rehum** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 4 8 z7be figs-idiom בְּעֵל־טְעֵ֗ם 1 Советник This was Rehum’s official title. The expression likely means that he had the authority in that area to issue decrees on behalf of the king. The king actually tells him to do this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “the royal deputy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 4 8 uu3t translate-names וְשִׁמְשַׁי֙ 1 и... Шимшай **Shimshai** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 4 8 uu3t translate-names וְשִׁמְשַׁי֙ 1 и… Шимшай **Shimshai** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 4 8 hwq8 translate-unknown סָֽפְרָ֔א 1 писарь This was Shimshai’s official title. It does not mean that he merely handled correspondence and record-keeping for Rehum. Rather, historical sources suggest that a **scribe** such as Shimshai had important administrative responsibilities and authority of his own. Alternate translation: “the state secretary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
EZR 4 8 l343 figs-metonymy אִגְּרָ֥ה חֲדָ֖ה עַל־יְרוּשְׁלֶ֑ם 1 такое письмо против Иерусалима Here the book uses the term **Jerusalem** to refer figuratively, by association, to the Jews who lived in that city and, by extension, to their fellow Jews in the rest of the province of Judah. Alternate translation: “a letter against the Jews who had returned from exile” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 4 8 kv6z figs-metonymy כְּנֵֽמָא 1 такое The phrase **as follows** would ordinarily indicate that a copy of the text of the letter comes next in the book. If that is the case, then [4:9](../04/09.md) and [4:10](../04/10.md) are a preamble to the letter that lists the names of the senders. Alternate translation: “and here is what they wrote to the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -445,15 +445,15 @@ EZR 4 18 bbxs figs-explicit מְפָרַ֥שׁ קֱרִ֖י קָדָמָֽי
|
|||
EZR 4 19 bapj grammar-connect-logic-result וּמִנִּי֮ 1 И мной The word **so** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “as a result, from me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EZR 4 19 h6w5 figs-activepassive וּמִנִּי֮ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵם֒ וּבַקַּ֣רוּ 1 И мной был дан указ, и было расследовано If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “So I commanded my officials, and they searched” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 4 19 rx6m figs-explicit וּמִנִּי֮ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵם֒ וּבַקַּ֣רוּ 1 И мной был дан указ, и было расследовано The implication is that the king ordered his officials to search in the royal chronicles to investigate the charges that Rehum, Shimshai, and the others had made against Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I commanded my officials to search in the royal chronicles, and they investigate your claims” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 4 19 kzrh figs-parallelism דִּ֚י קִרְיְתָ֣א דָ֔ךְ…עַל־מַלְכִ֖ין מִֽתְנַשְּׂאָ֑ה וּמְרַ֥ד וְאֶשְׁתַּדּ֖וּר מִתְעֲבֶד־בַּֽהּ 1 что этот город... восставал против царей, и в нём делался мятеж и восстание These two phrases mean similar things. Artaxerxes says the same thing twice, in similar ways, for emphasis. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Instead, if it would be clearer in your language, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem has continually been at the center of revolts against rulers” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase intensifies the first by portraying Jerusalem not just as a city that has rebelled, but as a place where rebellions have repeatedly originated. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem has rebelled against the emperors that ruled it and, in fact, that city has repeatedly been a base for revolts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
EZR 4 19 eq5y figs-idiom קִרְיְתָ֣א דָ֔ךְ…עַל־מַלְכִ֖ין מִֽתְנַשְּׂאָ֑ה 1 этот город... восставал против царей **That city** means Jerusalem. In this context, the expression **risen up against** means to reject an authority and claim authority for oneself. Alternate translation: “the people of Jerusalem have rebelled against the emperors who ruled them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 4 19 wf0o figs-metonymy קִרְיְתָ֣א דָ֔ךְ…עַל־מַלְכִ֖ין מִֽתְנַשְּׂאָ֑ה 1 этот город... восставал против царей Here, Artaxerxes speaks figuratively of the people of Jerusalem by reference to something associated with them, the city where they live. Alternate translation: “the people of Jerusalem have rebelled against the emperors who ruled them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 4 19 kzrh figs-parallelism דִּ֚י קִרְיְתָ֣א דָ֔ךְ…עַל־מַלְכִ֖ין מִֽתְנַשְּׂאָ֑ה וּמְרַ֥ד וְאֶשְׁתַּדּ֖וּר מִתְעֲבֶד־בַּֽהּ 1 что этот город… восставал против царей, и в нём делался мятеж и восстание These two phrases mean similar things. Artaxerxes says the same thing twice, in similar ways, for emphasis. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Instead, if it would be clearer in your language, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem has continually been at the center of revolts against rulers” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase intensifies the first by portraying Jerusalem not just as a city that has rebelled, but as a place where rebellions have repeatedly originated. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem has rebelled against the emperors that ruled it and, in fact, that city has repeatedly been a base for revolts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
EZR 4 19 eq5y figs-idiom קִרְיְתָ֣א דָ֔ךְ…עַל־מַלְכִ֖ין מִֽתְנַשְּׂאָ֑ה 1 этот город… восставал против царей **That city** means Jerusalem. In this context, the expression **risen up against** means to reject an authority and claim authority for oneself. Alternate translation: “the people of Jerusalem have rebelled against the emperors who ruled them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 4 19 wf0o figs-metonymy קִרְיְתָ֣א דָ֔ךְ…עַל־מַלְכִ֖ין מִֽתְנַשְּׂאָ֑ה 1 этот город… восставал против царей Here, Artaxerxes speaks figuratively of the people of Jerusalem by reference to something associated with them, the city where they live. Alternate translation: “the people of Jerusalem have rebelled against the emperors who ruled them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 4 19 y5eu figs-doublet וּמְרַ֥ד וְאֶשְׁתַּדּ֖וּר מִתְעֲבֶד־בַּֽהּ 1 и в нём делался мятеж и восстание **Rebellion** and **revolt** mean similar things. Artaxerxes uses the two terms together for emphasis, perhaps to acknowledge that the records have indeed confirmed what the officials alleged. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these terms. Alternate translation: “and the city has repeatedly been a base for revolts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
EZR 4 20 as5z figs-metaphor וּמַלְכִ֣ין תַּקִּיפִ֗ין הֲווֹ֙ עַל־יְר֣וּשְׁלֶ֔ם 1 И сильные цари были над Иерусалимом These kings are described here in a spatial metaphor as being higher than or above Jerusalem to indicate that this was the place in which and from which they ruled. Alternate translation: “And powerful kings ruled from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 4 20 ewxu writing-background וְשַׁ֨לִּיטִ֔ין 1 и правили This word **even** introduces further information. Alternate translation: “in fact, rulers” (See: Connect – [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
EZR 4 20 vmb6 וְשַׁ֨לִּיטִ֔ין בְּכֹ֖ל עֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֑ה 1 и правили всюду за рекой Alternate translation: “in fact, they ruled over the whole area that is Beyond-the-River province”
|
||||
EZR 4 20 s7mv figs-activepassive וּמִדָּ֥ה בְל֛וֹ וַהֲלָ֖ךְ מִתְיְהֵ֥ב לְהֽוֹן 1 и им платились подати, налоги и пошлины If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “these kings conquered other nations and made them pay tribute” or “these kings conquered other nations and made them pay taxes, tribute, and duty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 4 20 bo7z figs-doublet וּמִדָּ֥ה בְל֛וֹ וַהֲלָ֖ךְ 1 и... подати, налоги и пошлины See how you translated this phrase in [4:13](../04/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]. A doublet can involve the use of more than two words.)
|
||||
EZR 4 20 bo7z figs-doublet וּמִדָּ֥ה בְל֛וֹ וַהֲלָ֖ךְ 1 и… подати, налоги и пошлины See how you translated this phrase in [4:13](../04/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]. A doublet can involve the use of more than two words.)
|
||||
EZR 4 21 c4sp grammar-connect-words-phrases כְּעַן֙ 1 Теперь The word **now** is similar to the expression “and now” in [4:10](../04/10.md), [11](../04/11.md), and [17](../04/17.md). As in [4:13](../04/13.md) and [4:14](../04/14.md), it introduces an important point within a letter. If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
EZR 4 21 ie6i figs-explicit שִׂ֣ימוּ טְּעֵ֔ם לְבַטָּלָ֖א גֻּבְרַיָּ֣א אִלֵּ֑ךְ 1 дайте приказ остановить этих людей **These men** means the Jews. This is a reference back to the letter from the Samaritan officials in which they speak of “the Jews who went up from near you” and who “have come to us at Jerusalem” ([4:12](../04/12.md)). The implication is that the Jews are to stop rebuilding the walls and buildings in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “issue a decree to make those Jews who returned to Jerusalem from exile stop rebuilding the walls and buildings in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 4 21 emg2 grammar-connect-logic-goal וְקִרְיְתָ֥א דָךְ֙ לָ֣א תִתְבְּנֵ֔א עַד־מִנִּ֖י טַעְמָ֥א יִתְּשָֽׂם 1 и чтобы этот город не строился, пока мной не будет дан указ **So,** at the beginning of this clause, indicates that the clause describes the purpose for which Artaxerxes wants the officials to make the Jews stop work on the walls and houses. He does not want there to be any rebuilding in Jerusalem unless he authorizes it personally. Alternate translation: “because I want this decree to prevent all rebuilding unless I issue a decree permitting it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
|
@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ EZR 5 1 buty grammar-connect-time-simultaneous וְהִתְנַבִּ֞י 1
|
|||
EZR 5 1 fxco translate-unknown נביאיא 1 пророки A **prophet** is someone who speaks messages from God to people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
EZR 5 1 bdb8 translate-names וּזְכַרְיָ֤ה בַר־עִדּוֹא֙ 1 и Захария, сын Адды **Zechariah** is the name of a man, and **Iddo** is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 5 1 qgzx translate-names חַגַּ֣י 1 Аггей **Haggai** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 5 1 zfch figs-explicit וְהִתְנַבִּ֞י…עַל־יְה֣וּדָיֵ֔א דִּ֥י בִיה֖וּד וּבִירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם 1 И пророчествовали... иудеям, которые в Иудее и в Иерусалиме The implication, based on how the Jewish leaders respond in the next verse, is that Haggai and Zechariah prophesied to them specifically that they should resume work on rebuilding the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “told the Jews in Judah and Jerusalem that they should start rebuilding the temple again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 5 1 zfch figs-explicit וְהִתְנַבִּ֞י…עַל־יְה֣וּדָיֵ֔א דִּ֥י בִיה֖וּד וּבִירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם 1 И пророчествовали… иудеям, которые в Иудее и в Иерусалиме The implication, based on how the Jewish leaders respond in the next verse, is that Haggai and Zechariah prophesied to them specifically that they should resume work on rebuilding the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “told the Jews in Judah and Jerusalem that they should start rebuilding the temple again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 5 1 gfey figs-idiom בְּשֻׁ֛ם אֱלָ֥הּ יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 во имя Бога Израиля This expression means that Haggai and Zechariah made clear that they were speaking to the Jews on behalf of God, as if God were speaking through them. Alternate translation: “as messengers of the God of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 5 1 ko7o figs-informremind אֱלָ֥הּ יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 Бога Израиля As in [4:1](../04/01.md), this phrase provides further background information about Yahweh. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, the God whom the people of Israel worshiped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
|
||||
EZR 5 1 gw8s figs-metaphor עֲלֵיהֽוֹן 1 относительно них God is described here in a spatial metaphor as being higher than or above the Jews to indicate that they acknowledged his authority and they served and obeyed him. Alternate translation: “whom the Jews worshiped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -500,14 +500,14 @@ EZR 5 3 a23k figs-parallelism בַּיְתָ֤א דְנָה֙ לִבְּנ
|
|||
EZR 5 3 rp2r figs-metaphor בַּיְתָ֤א דְנָה֙ 1 этот дом Alternate translation: “this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 5 4 jznw grammar-connect-logic-result אֱדַ֥יִן 1 Тогда The word **then** is indicating that Jews asked the question in this verse in a response to what their enemies asked them in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “In response” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EZR 5 4 jk0p grammar-connect-time-sequential אֱדַ֥יִן 1 Тогда However, see the next note about the possibility that this verse should read “they said to them” rather than we said to them. In that case, this word is indicating that the enemies asked the question in this verse right after the question they asked in the previous verse. (The word is not indicating that the two questions were asked on separate occasions.) Alternate translation: “In addition” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
EZR 5 4 tp1s translate-textvariants אֲמַ֣רְנָא לְּהֹ֑ם מַן־אִנּוּן֙ שְׁמָהָ֣ת גֻּבְרַיָּ֔א 1 мы... сказали им: "Как имена этих мужчин Here, the Aramaic text reads **we said** but does not specify who “we” is. The pronoun does not seem to fit the context here, although the author uses first person pronouns later in the book. In [5:10](../05/10.md), in their letter to Darius, Tattenai and his associates say that they were the ones who asked this question. So the word “we” could be a copy mistake that has crept into the Aramaic text here. Other ancient versions say “they,” and it will likely be clearest for your readers if you translate the phrase that way. Alternate translation: “they said to them, 'Who are the men …?” It is also possible that the verse is not reporting a direct speech but simply describing what was said. Alternate translation: “we told them who the men were” or “we told them the names of the men” It is also possible that the book of Ezra was compiled from various sources, which might explain why sometimes Ezra is sometimes referred to in the third person and sometimes in the first person. This could account for why the pronoun “we” appears out of place in this context. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
EZR 5 4 tp1s translate-textvariants אֲמַ֣רְנָא לְּהֹ֑ם מַן־אִנּוּן֙ שְׁמָהָ֣ת גֻּבְרַיָּ֔א 1 мы… сказали им: “Как имена этих мужчин Here, the Aramaic text reads **we said** but does not specify who “we” is. The pronoun does not seem to fit the context here, although the author uses first person pronouns later in the book. In [5:10](../05/10.md), in their letter to Darius, Tattenai and his associates say that they were the ones who asked this question. So the word “we” could be a copy mistake that has crept into the Aramaic text here. Other ancient versions say “they,” and it will likely be clearest for your readers if you translate the phrase that way. Alternate translation: “they said to them, 'Who are the men …?” It is also possible that the verse is not reporting a direct speech but simply describing what was said. Alternate translation: “we told them who the men were” or “we told them the names of the men” It is also possible that the book of Ezra was compiled from various sources, which might explain why sometimes Ezra is sometimes referred to in the third person and sometimes in the first person. This could account for why the pronoun “we” appears out of place in this context. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
EZR 5 5 ewqj grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְעֵ֣ין 1 И глаз The word **but** indicates that the sentence it introduces draws a contrast between what Tattenai and his associates were trying to accomplish, an immediate end to the rebuilding of the temple, and what actually happened. You could begin the sentence with a word such as “however” to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
EZR 5 5 gv23 figs-metaphor וְעֵ֣ין אֱלָהֲהֹ֗ם הֲוָת֙ עַל־שָׂבֵ֣י יְהוּדָיֵ֔א 1 И глаз их Бога был на старейшинах иудеев Here, **eye** stands for seeing, and in this context seeing figuratively means giving care, protection, and favor. Alternate translation: “God was making sure that the Jewish leaders would be alright” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 5 5 mvci grammar-connect-logic-result וְלָא 1 и не The word **and** might indicate that the clause it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “as a result … not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EZR 5 5 eu4e figs-explicit וְלָא־בַטִּ֣לוּ הִמּ֔וֹ עַד־טַעְמָ֖א לְדָרְיָ֣וֶשׁ יְהָ֑ךְ 1 и не остановили их, пока дело не дошло до Дария **They** means Tattenai and his associates. The implication is that they did not make the Jewish leaders stop rebuilding the temple right away. Rather, they chose to wait until they could send a report about the rebuilding to Darius, to see what he would say about it. Alternate translation: “and Tattenai and his associates did not make the Jews stop rebuilding the temple right away, but they decided instead to report the matter to King Darius” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 5 5 udsx grammar-connect-time-sequential וֶאֱדַ֛יִן 1 и тогда This phrase indicates that this event would take place after the event the story has just described. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
EZR 5 5 y8gi יְתִיב֥וּן נִשְׁתְּוָנָ֖א עַל־דְּנָֽה 1 пришёл ответ об этом **They** actually means Darius here. As in [4:18](../04/18.md), the plural may be used to indicate the king and his officials, who would consider the matter openly in the royal court.
|
||||
EZR 5 6 jbg5 translate-names תַּתְּנַ֣י…וּשְׁתַ֤ר בּוֹזְנַי֙ 1 Фафнай... и Шефар-Бознай These are the names of two men. See how you translated them in [5:3](../05/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 5 6 jbg5 translate-names תַּתְּנַ֣י…וּשְׁתַ֤ר בּוֹזְנַי֙ 1 Фафнай… и Шефар-Бознай These are the names of two men. See how you translated them in [5:3](../05/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 5 6 uq1x וּכְנָ֣וָתֵ֔הּ 1 и его товарищи Alternate translation: “and their associates”
|
||||
EZR 5 7 tqh1 figs-quotemarks לְדָרְיָ֥וֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֖א שְׁלָמָ֥א כֹֽלָּא 1 Царю Дарию мир во всём Here the book begins to quote the letter that Tattenai and his associates sent to King Darius. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 5 7 xf0z לְדָרְיָ֥וֶשׁ 1 Дарию **Darius** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:5](../04/05.md).
|
||||
|
@ -540,7 +540,7 @@ EZR 5 13 e3wn grammar-connect-logic-contrast בְּרַם֙ 1 Однако The w
|
|||
EZR 5 13 fnbe translate-ordinal בִּשְׁנַ֣ת חֲדָ֔ה לְכ֥וֹרֶשׁ 1 в первый год Кира The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, **one**, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, “first,” in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of years, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “in the first year of Cyrus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
EZR 5 13 t6xc translate-names לְכ֥וֹרֶשׁ 1 Кира **Cyrus** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [1:1](../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 5 13 g9o0 figs-explicit מַלְכָּ֖א דִּ֣י בָבֶ֑ל 1 царя Вавилона Cyrus was the king of the Persian Empire, but since under his leadership the Persians had conquered the Babylonians, he also had the right to use the title **king of Babylon**. The implication may be that as the heir and successor to the throne of Babylon, Cyrus had the same power over the temple as Nebuchadnezzar, and so he could order it to be rebuilt. Alternate translation: “who conquered Babylon.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 5 14 q6am וְ֠אַף מָאנַיָּ֣א דִֽי־בֵית־אֱלָהָא֮ דִּ֣י דַהֲבָ֣ה וְכַסְפָּא֒ דִּ֣י נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֗ר הַנְפֵּק֙ מִן־הֵֽיכְלָא֙ דִּ֣י בִֽירוּשְׁלֶ֔ם וְהֵיבֵ֣ל הִמּ֔וֹ לְהֵיכְלָ֖א דִּ֣י בָבֶ֑ל הַנְפֵּ֨ק הִמּ֜וֹ כּ֣וֹרֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֗א מִן־הֵֽיכְלָא֙ דִּ֣י בָבֶ֔ל וִיהִ֨יבוּ֙ לְשֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֣ר 1 А также золотые и серебряные сосуды дома Бога, которые Навуходоносор вынес из храма, который в Иерусалиме, и отнёс их в храм, который в Вавилоне, — их царь Кир вынес из храма, который в Вавилоне, и передал... Шешбацаром This sentence may be hard for readers to follow because, in it, the direct object (that is, the thing that receives the action) comes first, and it consists of a very long phrase. If it would be clearer in your language, you could break this sentence into three sentences. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar had taken the gold and silver objects that were used in worship out of the temple in Jerusalem and brought them to the temple in Babylon. King Cyrus took them out of the temple in Babylon and gave them to Sheshbazzar”
|
||||
EZR 5 14 q6am וְ֠אַף מָאנַיָּ֣א דִֽי־בֵית־אֱלָהָא֮ דִּ֣י דַהֲבָ֣ה וְכַסְפָּא֒ דִּ֣י נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֗ר הַנְפֵּק֙ מִן־הֵֽיכְלָא֙ דִּ֣י בִֽירוּשְׁלֶ֔ם וְהֵיבֵ֣ל הִמּ֔וֹ לְהֵיכְלָ֖א דִּ֣י בָבֶ֑ל הַנְפֵּ֨ק הִמּ֜וֹ כּ֣וֹרֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֗א מִן־הֵֽיכְלָא֙ דִּ֣י בָבֶ֔ל וִיהִ֨יבוּ֙ לְשֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֣ר 1 А также золотые и серебряные сосуды дома Бога, которые Навуходоносор вынес из храма, который в Иерусалиме, и отнёс их в храм, который в Вавилоне, — их царь Кир вынес из храма, который в Вавилоне, и передал… Шешбацаром This sentence may be hard for readers to follow because, in it, the direct object (that is, the thing that receives the action) comes first, and it consists of a very long phrase. If it would be clearer in your language, you could break this sentence into three sentences. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar had taken the gold and silver objects that were used in worship out of the temple in Jerusalem and brought them to the temple in Babylon. King Cyrus took them out of the temple in Babylon and gave them to Sheshbazzar”
|
||||
EZR 5 14 ukn9 translate-unknown מָאנַיָּ֣א דִֽי־בֵית־אֱלָהָא֮ 1 сосуды дома Бога This means specifically the bowls, basins, and other objects listed in [1:9–10](../01/09.md). These **vessels** were used during worship in the temple. Alternate translation: “the objects that were used in worship in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
EZR 5 14 qsv0 figs-activepassive וִיהִ֨יבוּ֙ 1 и передал If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “and Cyrus gave them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 5 14 w7ix translate-names לְשֵׁשְׁבַּצַּ֣ר 1 Шешбацаром **Sheshbazzar** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [1:8](../01/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
@ -559,23 +559,23 @@ EZR 5 17 abm5 figs-activepassive יִ֠תְבַּקַּר 1 пусть расс
|
|||
EZR 5 17 gidq figs-metaphor בְּבֵ֨ית גִּנְזַיָּ֜א דִּי־מַלְכָּ֣א 1 в сокровищнице царя [6:1](../06/01.md) explains more specifically that this was the house of the books where the treasures had been deposited, that is, the building where valuable documents such as royal chronicles were stored and kept safe. It is called a house metaphorically as if these documents lived there. Alternate translation: “in the building where the royal archives are kept” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 5 17 vii9 figs-activepassive הֵ֣ן אִיתַ֗י דִּֽי־מִן־כּ֤וֹרֶשׁ מַלְכָּא֙ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵ֔ם לְמִבְנֵ֛א בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֥א דֵ֖ךְ בִּירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם 1 правда ли, что царём Киром был издан указ строить этот дом Бога в Иерусалиме If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whether King Cyrus issued a decree to rebuild the temple in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 5 17 fzez figs-123person וּרְע֥וּת מַלְכָּ֛א עַל־דְּנָ֖ה יִשְׁלַ֥ח עֲלֶֽינָא 1 и пусть пришлют нам волю царя об этом деле Tattenai and his associates continue to address the king in third person as a form of respect. Here again you can indicate this respect by adding an expression such as “O king.” Alternate translation: “Please tell us, O king, what you would like us to do about this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
EZR 5 17 ieh1 figs-quotemarks וּרְע֥וּת מַלְכָּ֛א עַל־דְּנָ֖ה…עֲלֶֽינָא 1 и... нам волю царя об этом деле Here the book ends its quotation of the letter that Tattenai and his associates sent to King Darius. If you decided in [5:7](../05/07.md) to mark their words as a quotation, you should indicate that ending the quotation here with a closing quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 5 17 ieh1 figs-quotemarks וּרְע֥וּת מַלְכָּ֛א עַל־דְּנָ֖ה…עֲלֶֽינָא 1 и… нам волю царя об этом деле Here the book ends its quotation of the letter that Tattenai and his associates sent to King Darius. If you decided in [5:7](../05/07.md) to mark their words as a quotation, you should indicate that ending the quotation here with a closing quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 6 intro y5d8 0 # Ezra 06 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The completion of the story of the building of the temple and re-establishment of the temple worship occurs in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Temple taxes<br><br>The king said the Jews were right and ordered money from his taxes to be used to help them with their sacrifices.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Darius<br><br>In this chapter, Darius is called the king of Assyria. In reality, besides ruling over the former Assyrian Empire, Darius was also king of Persia. Persia had conquered Babylon, which had previously conquered Assyria. This made the king of Persia to be the king of Assyria as well. It was unusual to refer to Darius as the king or ruler of Assyria. Ezra may have referred to him in this way to contrast Darius’ actions with those of the former rulers of Assyria, who had treated the Jews very cruelly. It was those earlier Assyrian rulers who had conquered the northern tribes of Israel and deported them to other lands. It was for this reason that the northern tribes lost their identity and were no longer a distinct people group.
|
||||
EZR 6 1 cmmn grammar-connect-logic-result בֵּאדַ֛יִן 1 Тогда The word **then** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentences described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EZR 6 1 spf8 figs-explicit דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֖א שָׂ֣ם טְעֵ֑ם וּבַקַּ֣רוּ 1 царь Дарий дал приказ, и было расследовано The implication is that King Darius ordered his officials to search in the royal archives to investigate the claims that the Jewish elders had made a response to the questions that Tattenai and his associates asked them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “King Darius commanded his officials to search in the royal archives to investigate whether King Cyrus had issued a decree to rebuild the temple in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 6 1 pb3s translate-names דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ 1 Дарий **Darius** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:5](../04/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 6 1 dze3 figs-metaphor בְּבֵ֣ית סִפְרַיָּ֗א דִּ֧י גִנְזַיָּ֛א מְהַחֲתִ֥ין 1 в доме книг, куда кладут сокровища This means the building or buildings where valuable documents such as royal chronicles were stored and kept safe. This is figuratively called a house as if those documents lived there. Alternate translation: “in the places where the kings stored their chronicles and other valuable items” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 6 1 ekf1 figs-activepassive בְּבֵ֣ית סִפְרַיָּ֗א דִּ֧י גִנְזַיָּ֛א מְהַחֲתִ֥ין 1 в доме книг, куда кладут сокровища If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “in the places where the kings stored their chronicles and other valuable items” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 6 1 p41w figs-idiom תַּמָּ֖ה בְּבָבֶֽל 1 куда... в Вавилоне This cannot mean that the search was limited to the archives in the city of Babylon or even to the region of Babylon that had become a province in the Persian Empire because a scroll describing the decree of Cyrus was finally found in the neighboring province of Media. Rather, **Babylon** must be a general description for the whole area that was the center of power for the Babylonian and Persian empires. Alternate translation: “there in that area” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 6 1 p41w figs-idiom תַּמָּ֖ה בְּבָבֶֽל 1 куда… в Вавилоне This cannot mean that the search was limited to the archives in the city of Babylon or even to the region of Babylon that had become a province in the Persian Empire because a scroll describing the decree of Cyrus was finally found in the neighboring province of Media. Rather, **Babylon** must be a general description for the whole area that was the center of power for the Babylonian and Persian empires. Alternate translation: “there in that area” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 6 2 vcxt grammar-connect-logic-result וְהִשְׁתְּכַ֣ח 1 И был найден The word **and** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result … they found” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EZR 6 2 gfa8 figs-activepassive וְהִשְׁתְּכַ֣ח…מְגִלָּ֣ה חֲדָ֑ה 1 И был найден... один свиток If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “The officials found one scroll” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 6 2 f8w5 translate-names בְּאַחְמְתָ֗א…דִּ֛י בְּמָדַ֥י מְדִינְתָּ֖ה 1 в Екбатане... который в области Мидия **Ecbatana** is the name of a city, and **Media** is the name of the province in which it was located. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 6 2 gfa8 figs-activepassive וְהִשְׁתְּכַ֣ח…מְגִלָּ֣ה חֲדָ֑ה 1 И был найден… один свиток If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “The officials found one scroll” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 6 2 f8w5 translate-names בְּאַחְמְתָ֗א…דִּ֛י בְּמָדַ֥י מְדִינְתָּ֖ה 1 в Екбатане… который в области Мидия **Ecbatana** is the name of a city, and **Media** is the name of the province in which it was located. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 6 3 i2dk figs-quotemarks בִּשְׁנַ֨ת חֲדָ֜ה לְכ֣וֹרֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֗א 1 В первый год царя Кира Here the book begins to quote what was said on the scroll that the officials found in Ecbatana. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 6 3 ev3b translate-ordinal בִּשְׁנַ֨ת חֲדָ֜ה לְכ֣וֹרֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֗א 1 В первый год царя Кира The Hebrew uses a cardinal number here, **one**, but there is not a significant difference in meaning between that and the way the Hebrew uses an ordinal number, first, in similar contexts elsewhere. If your language customarily uses ordinals for the numbers of years, you can do that here in your translation. Alternate translation: “ In the first year of the reign of Cyrus as king ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
EZR 6 3 lyht translate-names לְכ֣וֹרֶשׁ 1 Кира **Cyrus** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [1:1](../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 6 3 gi3x figs-quotemarks בַּיְתָ֣א יִתְבְּנֵ֔א 1 пусть отстроят дом Starting here, and through [6:5](../06/05.md), there is a quotation within a quotation. The book is quoting from the scroll that the officials found in Ecbatana, and within that scroll, the royal chronicles quote the decree of Cyrus. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening secondary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 6 3 uzdu figs-parallelism בַּיְתָ֣א יִתְבְּנֵ֔א…וְאֻשּׁ֖וֹהִי מְסֽוֹבְלִ֑ין 1 пусть отстроят дом... и пусть заложат его фундамент **Built** and **maintained** mean similar things. They are a poetic parallel, as in Isaiah 58:12, “Your ancient ruins will be built; you will raise up the foundations of many generations.” Cyrus says basically the same thing twice for emphasis and clarity. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “I authorize the Jews to raise up a new temple.” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase is more specific in that it implicitly indicates that the new temple is to be built on the site of the former one. Alternate translation: “I authorize the Jews to rebuild the temple … on the site of the former temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
EZR 6 3 wuej figs-activepassive בַּיְתָ֣א יִתְבְּנֵ֔א…וְאֻשּׁ֖וֹהִי מְסֽוֹבְלִ֑ין 1 пусть отстроят дом... и пусть заложат его фундамент If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “I authorize the Jews to rebuild the temple … on the site of the former temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 6 3 uzdu figs-parallelism בַּיְתָ֣א יִתְבְּנֵ֔א…וְאֻשּׁ֖וֹהִי מְסֽוֹבְלִ֑ין 1 пусть отстроят дом… и пусть заложат его фундамент **Built** and **maintained** mean similar things. They are a poetic parallel, as in Isaiah 58:12, “Your ancient ruins will be built; you will raise up the foundations of many generations.” Cyrus says basically the same thing twice for emphasis and clarity. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “I authorize the Jews to raise up a new temple.” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase is more specific in that it implicitly indicates that the new temple is to be built on the site of the former one. Alternate translation: “I authorize the Jews to rebuild the temple … on the site of the former temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
EZR 6 3 wuej figs-activepassive בַּיְתָ֣א יִתְבְּנֵ֔א…וְאֻשּׁ֖וֹהִי מְסֽוֹבְלִ֑ין 1 пусть отстроят дом… и пусть заложат его фундамент If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “I authorize the Jews to rebuild the temple … on the site of the former temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 6 3 x11q figs-metaphor בַּיְתָ֣א 1 дом Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 6 3 ts4a translate-bdistance רוּמֵהּ֙ אַמִּ֣ין שִׁתִּ֔ין פְּתָיֵ֖הּ אַמִּ֥ין שִׁתִּֽין 1 его высота шестьдесят локтей, его ширина шесть локтей If it would be clearer in your language, you can convert these measures into modern units. Alternate translation: “The temple is to be 90 feet high and 90 feet wide” or “The temple is to be 27 meters high and 27 meters wide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
EZR 6 4 q3hv figs-explicit נִדְבָּכִ֞ין דִּי־אֶ֤בֶן גְּלָל֙ תְּלָתָ֔א וְנִדְבָּ֖ךְ דִּי־אָ֣ע חֲדַ֑ת 1 три ряда больших камней и ряд новой древесины It is no longer clear exactly what these building instructions mean. They could mean that the walls of the temple should be three layers of stone thick, with a facing of wood on the inside. They could also mean that the walls should be built with one layer of wood on top of every three layers of stone, or that the temple was to have four stories, the lower three of stone and the top one of wood. Whatever the specifics, the implication is that the temple is to be rebuilt in the same way that Solomon originally built it, since 1 Kings 6:36 says that he built its inner court, at least, “with three courses of hewn stone, and a course of cedar beams.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and it is to be built of wood and stone just like the original one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
@ -583,7 +583,7 @@ EZR 6 4 tny3 figs-metaphor וְנִ֨פְקְתָ֔א מִן־בֵּ֥ית
|
|||
EZR 6 4 yh2n figs-activepassive וְנִ֨פְקְתָ֔א מִן־בֵּ֥ית מַלְכָּ֖א תִּתְיְהִֽב 1 а расходы пусть платятся из дома царя If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “I will pay the expenses from the royal revenue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 6 4 wjxj figs-123person וְנִ֨פְקְתָ֔א מִן־בֵּ֥ית מַלְכָּ֖א תִּתְיְהִֽב 1 а расходы пусть платятся из дома царя Cyrus speaks of himself here in the third person. Alternate translation: “I will pay the expenses from the royal revenue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
EZR 6 5 ujut מָאנֵ֣י בֵית־אֱלָהָא֮ דִּ֣י דַהֲבָ֣ה וְכַסְפָּא֒ דִּ֣י נְבֽוּכַדְנֶצַּ֗ר הַנְפֵּ֛ק מִן־הֵיכְלָ֥א דִי־בִירוּשְׁלֶ֖ם וְהֵיבֵ֣ל לְבָבֶ֑ל יַהֲתִיב֗וּן 1 золотые и серебряные сосуды дома Бога, которые Навуходоносор вынес из храма, который в Иерусалиме, и привёз в Вавилон, пусть вернут See how you translated the very similar sentence in [5:14](../05/14.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you could change the order of the phrases of this sentence. Alternate translation: “return to the Jews the gold and silver objects which Nebuchadnezzar took out of the temple in Jerusalem and brought to Babylon”
|
||||
EZR 6 5 vlhj figs-activepassive מָאנֵ֣י…יַהֲתִיב֗וּן 1 сосуды... пусть вернут If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, as an imperative. Alternate translation: “return these objects to the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 6 5 vlhj figs-activepassive מָאנֵ֣י…יַהֲתִיב֗וּן 1 сосуды… пусть вернут If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, as an imperative. Alternate translation: “return these objects to the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 6 5 bwim translate-unknown מָאנֵ֣י בֵית־אֱלָהָא֮ 1 сосуды дома Бога **Vessels** specifically means the bowls, basins, and other objects listed in [1:9–10](../01/09.md). These were used during worship in the temple. Alternate translation: “the objects that were used in worship in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
EZR 6 5 wl8e figs-parallelism וִ֠יהָךְ לְהֵיכְלָ֤א דִי־בִירֽוּשְׁלֶם֙ לְאַתְרֵ֔הּ וְתַחֵ֖ת בְּבֵ֥ית אֱלָהָֽא 1 и отвезут в храм, который в Иерусалиме, на своё место, и поставь в доме Бога These two phrases mean similar things. Cyrus is saying basically the same thing twice to emphasize how important it is for his officials to carry out this command. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “Make sure that you put these objects back in the temple, right where they belong in the house of Yahweh in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
EZR 6 5 vo0d figs-quotemarks וְתַחֵ֖ת בְּבֵ֥ית אֱלָהָֽא 1 и поставь в доме Бога Here the scroll ends its quotation from the decree of Cyrus. If you decided in the middle of [6:3](../06/03.md) to mark these words as a quotation within a quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing secondary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
|
@ -592,14 +592,14 @@ EZR 6 6 f9x5 figs-ellipsis כְּעַ֡ן 1 Итак Here the book leaves out so
|
|||
EZR 6 6 ks97 figs-quotemarks כְּעַ֡ן 1 Итак Since the book here begins to quote the letter that King Darius sent in reply to Tattenai and his associates, it may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 6 6 wtim grammar-connect-words-phrases כְּעַ֡ן 1 Итак As in [4:13](../04/13.md), [4:14](../04/14.md), and [4:21](../04/21.md), **now** introduces an important point within a letter. (It is similar to the expression “and now” in [4:10](../04/10.md), [4:11](../04/11.md), [4:17](../04/17.md), and [5:17](../05/17.md).) If your language has a comparable expression that it uses for this same purpose, you can use that in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
EZR 6 6 qpqv figs-123person תַּ֠תְּנַי פַּחַ֨ת עֲבַֽר־נַהֲרָ֜ה שְׁתַ֤ר בּוֹזְנַי֙ וּכְנָוָ֣תְה֔וֹן אֲפַרְסְכָיֵ֔א דִּ֖י בַּעֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֑ה רַחִיקִ֥ין הֲו֖וֹ מִן־תַּמָּֽה 1 Фафнай, начальник областей за рекой, и Шефар-Бознай, и ваши товарищи афарсахеи, которые за рекой, держитесь подальше оттуда Since Darius addresses these men directly at the end of the sentence, we would expect him to say your **companions**, in the second person, rather than **their companions**, in the third person. So it seems that the book is compressing the letter as it quotes it. Based on the other letters that the book quotes in [4:11–16](../04/11.md), [4:17–22](../04/17.md), and [5:7–17](../05/07.md), the full letter probably said something like “To Tattenai, the governor of Beyond-the-River, Shethar-Bozenai, and their companions, the officials who are in Beyond-the-River. Peace. And now,” followed by an explanation that the court officials had discovered a scroll that recorded the decree of Cyrus. Then would follow instructions to these men, beginning “Be far away from there!” But since the quotation from this letter in the book jumps from the list of the recipients’ names right to these instructions, if it would be clearer in your language, you could use the second person throughout. Alternate translation: “Tattenai, the governor of Beyond-the-River, Shethar-Bozenai, and your associates, you officials who are in Beyond-the-River: Be far away from there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
EZR 6 6 xd9g translate-names תַּ֠תְּנַי…שְׁתַ֤ר בּוֹזְנַי֙ 1 Фафнай... и Шефар-Бознай These are the names of two men. See how you translated them in [5:3](../05/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 6 6 xd9g translate-names תַּ֠תְּנַי…שְׁתַ֤ר בּוֹזְנַי֙ 1 Фафнай… и Шефар-Бознай These are the names of two men. See how you translated them in [5:3](../05/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 6 6 xk9x וּכְנָוָ֣תְה֔וֹן 1 и ваши товарищи Alternate translation: “and their associates” or “and your associates”
|
||||
EZR 6 6 akg1 figs-metaphor רַחִיקִ֥ין הֲו֖וֹ מִן־תַּמָּֽה 1 держитесь подальше оттуда King Darius uses a spatial metaphor to indicate figuratively that he wants Tattenai and his associates not to interfere with what the Jews are doing in Jerusalem. The meaning is not simply that they are to stay away physically from that area, since they could still plot against the Jews from a distance (for example, by bribing officials in the royal court, as [4:5](../04/05.md) describes). Alternate translation: “do not interfere with what is happening in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 6 7 k1ks figs-parallelism שְׁבֻ֕קוּ לַעֲבִידַ֖ת בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֣א דֵ֑ךְ 1 Оставьте в покое работу этого дома Бога This sentence means basically the same thing as the last sentence in [6:6](../06/06.md). Darius says essentially the same thing twice for emphasis. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation for both sentences: “do not interfere with the rebuilding of the temple in Jerusalem” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase is more specific. It says precisely what Darius wants these Samaritan officials to leave alone. Alternate translation: “Do not interfere with what is happening in Jerusalem. Do not disturb the work on the temple there!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
EZR 6 7 xw40 בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֥א דֵ֖ךְ יִבְנ֥וֹן עַל־אַתְרֵֽהּ 1 Пусть... отстроят этот дом Бога на своём месте As in [5:15](../05/15.md), this expression means “rebuild the temple on its original site.” You could say that as an alternate translation.
|
||||
EZR 6 7 xw40 בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֥א דֵ֖ךְ יִבְנ֥וֹן עַל־אַתְרֵֽהּ 1 Пусть… отстроят этот дом Бога на своём месте As in [5:15](../05/15.md), this expression means “rebuild the temple on its original site.” You could say that as an alternate translation.
|
||||
EZR 6 8 ci97 figs-activepassive וּמִנִּי֮ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵם֒ לְמָ֣א דִֽי־תַֽעַבְד֗וּן עִם־שָׂבֵ֤י יְהוּדָיֵא֙ אִלֵּ֔ךְ לְמִבְנֵ֖א בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֣א דֵ֑ךְ 1 И мной даётся указ о том, что вам делать с этими старейшинами иудеев, чтобы отстроить этот дом Бога If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “This is what I am commanding you to do to help the elders of the Jews rebuild that temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 6 8 njb9 figs-activepassive וּמִנִּכְסֵ֣י מַלְכָּ֗א דִּ֚י מִדַּת֙ עֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֔ה אָסְפַּ֗רְנָא נִפְקְתָ֛א תֶּהֱוֵ֧א מִֽתְיַהֲבָ֛א לְגֻבְרַיָּ֥א אִלֵּ֖ךְ 1 и пусть этим мужчинам немедленно будут оплачены расходы из имущества царя, из налогов за рекой If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “I want you officials to carefully pay the full costs of the rebuilding from the royal treasury from the tribute that you receive in Beyond-the-River province” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 6 8 te7b figs-123person וּמִנִּכְסֵ֣י מַלְכָּ֗א 1 и... из имущества царя Darius speaks of himself here in the third person. Alternate translation: “And from my royal revenue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
EZR 6 8 te7b figs-123person וּמִנִּכְסֵ֣י מַלְכָּ֗א 1 и… из имущества царя Darius speaks of himself here in the third person. Alternate translation: “And from my royal revenue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
EZR 6 8 xfsc figs-litotes דִּי־לָ֥א לְבַטָּלָֽא 1 чтобы не останавливать **It** here means the work of rebuilding the temple. Darius is using a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word, **not**, together with a word, **stop**, that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in order to make sure that the rebuilding is completed successfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
EZR 6 8 yolo דִּי־לָ֥א לְבַטָּלָֽא 1 чтобы не останавливать However, since the book uses the term **stop** when describing the opposition to the temple rebuilding in [4:21](../04/21.md), [4:23](../04/23.md), [4:24](../04/24.md), and [5:5](../05/05.md), you could also choose to use that term to show the connection. Alternate translation: “I do not want anyone to stop the Jews from rebuilding that temple”
|
||||
EZR 6 9 ouqv figs-activepassive וּמָ֣ה חַשְׁחָ֡ן וּבְנֵ֣י תוֹרִ֣ין וְדִכְרִ֣ין וְאִמְּרִ֣ין ׀ לַעֲלָוָ֣ן ׀ לֶאֱלָ֪הּ שְׁמַיָּ֟א חִנְטִ֞ין מְלַ֣ח ׀ חֲמַ֣ר וּמְשַׁ֗ח כְּמֵאמַ֨ר כָּהֲנַיָּ֤א דִי־בִירֽוּשְׁלֶם֙ לֶהֱוֵ֨א מִתְיְהֵ֥ב לְהֹ֛ם י֥וֹם ׀ בְּי֖וֹם 1 И сколько им нужно детёнышей быков, и баранов, и ягнят для всесожжения Богу небес, пшеницы, соли, вина и масла, по слову священников, которые в Иерусалиме, пусть будет выдаваться им изо дня в день This sentence, like the one in [5:14](../05/14.md), may be hard for readers to follow because the thing that receives the action comes first, and it consists of a very long phrase. This sentence continues into the next verse. If it would be clearer in your language, you could break it up into four sentences, three in this verse and the last one in verse [10](../06/10.md). You could also use active forms instead of the two passive forms and say who would do the action in each case. Alternate translation: “The priests who are in Jerusalem will tell you what they need. This may include young bulls, rams, and lambs for burnt offerings to the God of heaven, and wheat, salt, wine, and oil. I want you to give them everything they need every single day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
@ -616,7 +616,7 @@ EZR 6 11 em18 figs-activepassive וּמִנִּי֮ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵ
|
|||
EZR 6 11 zdzd figs-idiom כָל־אֱנָ֗שׁ דִּ֤י יְהַשְׁנֵא֙ פִּתְגָמָ֣א דְנָ֔ה 1 любой человек, который изменит это слово **Change** could mean giving different instructions from what the king had commanded, but it could also mean doing something other than what his decree commands. [6:12](../06/12.md) suggests that changing could mean destroying the temple rather than ensuring that it was rebuilt and maintained. Alternate translation: “if anyone disobeys this edict” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 6 11 uqt8 figs-explicit יִתְנְסַ֥ח אָע֙ מִן־בַּיְתֵ֔הּ וּזְקִ֖יף יִתְמְחֵ֣א עֲלֹ֑הִי 1 пусть из его дома вытянут бревно, и он будет поднят и повешен на нём This is an implicit reference to one form of capital punishment that the Persians used. Darius assumes that the officials know what he means. Anyone who violates his order is to be lifted up and impaled on a beam of wood from his own house. That is, one end of the beam is to be sharpened so that it will pass through the body of the offender, and he is to be suspended in the air on the beam. Alternate translation: “pull a beam out of his house, sharpen one end, and lift him up and impale him on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 6 11 w334 figs-metaphor וּבַיְתֵ֛הּ נְוָל֥וּ יִתְעֲבֵ֖ד עַל־דְּנָֽה 1 а его дом за это превратят в развалины The expression **rubbish heap** means figuratively that the house would be so thoroughly destroyed that it would look like a garbage dump. The former site of the house would not necessarily be used as an actual dump. Alternate translation: “and as a further punishment for violating my order, I command you to demolish his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 6 11 i9yf figs-activepassive יִתְנְסַ֥ח אָע֙ מִן־בַּיְתֵ֔הּ…וּבַיְתֵ֛הּ נְוָל֥וּ יִתְעֲבֵ֖ד 1 пусть из его дома вытянут бревно... а его дом... превратят в развалины If it would be clearer in your language, you could say both of these things with active forms, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “pull a beam out of his house and demolish his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 6 11 i9yf figs-activepassive יִתְנְסַ֥ח אָע֙ מִן־בַּיְתֵ֔הּ…וּבַיְתֵ֛הּ נְוָל֥וּ יִתְעֲבֵ֖ד 1 пусть из его дома вытянут бревно… а его дом… превратят в развалины If it would be clearer in your language, you could say both of these things with active forms, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “pull a beam out of his house and demolish his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 6 12 eirc figs-personification וֵֽאלָהָ֞א דִּ֣י שַׁכִּ֧ן שְׁמֵ֣הּ תַּמָּ֗ה יְמַגַּ֞ר 1 И Бог, Который поселил Своё имя там, пусть свергнет Darius speaks of God’s **name** here as if it were capable of living in a place. The phrase echoes Jewish usage, which Darius may be following deliberately to show his respect for the God whose temple he wants to be rebuilt. The phrase indicates that Jerusalem is the place from which God chose to start making himself known throughout the world. Alternate translation: “And may the God who began to make himself known from Jerusalem destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
EZR 6 12 bajr figs-metonymy וֵֽאלָהָ֞א דִּ֣י שַׁכִּ֧ן שְׁמֵ֣הּ תַּמָּ֗ה יְמַגַּ֞ר 1 И Бог, Который поселил Своё имя там, пусть свергнет Here, **name** is a figurative way of referring to the fame or reputation of a person. Their fame is described by something associated with it, how well known their name is and how people react to hearing it. Alternate translation: “And may the God who began to make himself known from Jerusalem destroy” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 6 12 jqt7 figs-idiom יְמַגַּ֞ר 1 пусть свергнет This is an idiom that means **destroy**. Alternate translation: “destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
@ -627,7 +627,7 @@ EZR 6 12 hjya figs-activepassive אֲנָ֤ה דָרְיָ֨וֶשׁ֙ שָׂ֣
|
|||
EZR 6 12 yf8s translate-names דָרְיָ֨וֶשׁ֙ 1 Дарий **Darius** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [4:5](../04/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 6 12 a8x8 figs-quotemarks אָסְפַּ֖רְנָא יִתְעֲבִֽד 1 пусть выполняется усердно Here the text ends its quotation from the letter that King Darius sent in reply to Tattenai and his associates. If you decided in [6:6](../06/06.md) to mark his words as a quotation, you should indicate that ending here with a closing primary quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 6 13 x0id grammar-connect-logic-result אֱ֠דַיִן 1 Тогда The word **then** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the result of what the previous sentences described. Alternate translation: “In response,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EZR 6 13 alm6 translate-names תַּתְּנַ֞י…שְׁתַ֥ר בּוֹזְנַ֖י 1 Фафнай... Шефар-Бознай These are the names of two men. See how you translated them in [5:3](../05/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 6 13 alm6 translate-names תַּתְּנַ֞י…שְׁתַ֥ר בּוֹזְנַ֖י 1 Фафнай… Шефар-Бознай These are the names of two men. See how you translated them in [5:3](../05/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 6 13 cdp6 וּכְנָוָתְה֑וֹן 1 и их товарищи Alternate translation: “and their associates”
|
||||
EZR 6 13 pg74 figs-explicit לָקֳבֵ֗ל דִּֽי־שְׁלַ֞ח דָּרְיָ֧וֶשׁ מַלְכָּ֛א כְּנֵ֖מָא אָסְפַּ֥רְנָא עֲבַֽדוּ 1 действовали так усердно, как приказал царь Дарий The implication is that these men received the king’s response to their letter, and once they knew what he had commanded, they carried out his orders. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “received the response of King Darius to their letter and immediately carried out exactly what he had ordered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 6 14 pxrv grammar-connect-logic-result וְשָׂבֵ֤י 1 И старейшины The word **and** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the result of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result … the leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
|
@ -650,13 +650,13 @@ EZR 6 15 bhp9 translate-ordinal שְׁנַת־שֵׁ֔ת לְמַלְכ֖וּ
|
|||
EZR 6 16 xnpw grammar-connect-time-sequential וַעֲבַ֣דוּ 1 И совершили The word **and** indicates that the event the story will now relate came after the events it has just described. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a word such as **then**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
EZR 6 16 ajjz figs-metaphor בְנֵֽי־יִ֠שְׂרָאֵל 1 сыновья Израиля **Sons** figuratively means descendants. Here the book envisions all of the Israelites as descendants of the patriarch Jacob, who was also known as Israel. The expression comprises the three groups that are listed next, the priests, Levites, and other Jews. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 6 16 cq1q figs-idiom וּשְׁאָ֣ר בְּנֵי־גָלוּתָ֗א 1 и остальные сыновья переселения As indicated in [2:1](../02/01.md) and [8:35](../08/35.md), the phrase **the sons of the exile** refers specifically to the group of Jewish people who returned to the land of Judah from Babylon after King Nebuchadnezzar had conquered Jerusalem and had taken many Jews as captives to Babylon. Alternate translation: “and the Jews who had returned from exile” or “and the Jews who had returned to their homeland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 6 16 z1u1 figs-abstractnouns וַעֲבַ֣דוּ…חֲנֻכַּ֛ת בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֥א דְנָ֖ה בְּחֶדְוָֽה 1 И совершили... освящение этого дома Бога с радостью The abstract noun **dedication** refers to a special ceremony the Israelites conducted to set the temple apart as a place for the worship of Yahweh. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this word with a verb such as “dedicate.” Alternate translation: “joyfully dedicated this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EZR 6 16 z1u1 figs-abstractnouns וַעֲבַ֣דוּ…חֲנֻכַּ֛ת בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֥א דְנָ֖ה בְּחֶדְוָֽה 1 И совершили… освящение этого дома Бога с радостью The abstract noun **dedication** refers to a special ceremony the Israelites conducted to set the temple apart as a place for the worship of Yahweh. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this word with a verb such as “dedicate.” Alternate translation: “joyfully dedicated this temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EZR 6 17 iel9 figs-abstractnouns וְהַקְרִ֗בוּ לַחֲנֻכַּת֮ בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֣א דְנָה֒ 1 И принесли на освящение этого дома Бога As in the previous sentence, the abstract noun **dedication** refers to a special ceremony that the Israelites conducted. Once again you could translate the idea behind this word with a verb such as “dedicate.” Alternate translation: “As they dedicated this temple, they offered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])<br>
|
||||
EZR 6 17 r49v figs-explicit וְהַקְרִ֗בוּ…תּוֹרִ֣ין מְאָ֔ה דִּכְרִ֣ין מָאתַ֔יִן אִמְּרִ֖ין אַרְבַּ֣ע מְאָ֑ה וּצְפִירֵ֨י עִזִּ֜ין לחטיא…תְּרֵֽי־עֲשַׂ֔ר 1 И принесли... сто быков, двести баранов, четыреста ягнят, и в жертву за грех... двенадцать козлов The implication, as [6:9](../06/09.md) indicates explicitly, is that the bulls, rams, and lambs were used for whole burnt offerings. If it would be helpful, review the note to [3:2](../03/02.md) about what whole burnt offerings were and why they were offered. Alternate translation: “they offered 100 bulls, 200 rams, and 400 lambs as whole burnt offerings and 12 male goats as a sin offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 6 17 j5b6 figs-idiom וּצְפִירֵ֨י עִזִּ֜ין 1 и... козлов A male goat is called a buck. So this expression, **bucks of goats**, means the same thing as male goats in [8:35](../08/35.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 6 17 quwd figs-explicit וּצְפִירֵ֨י עִזִּ֜ין…תְּרֵֽי־עֲשַׂ֔ר לְמִנְיָ֖ן שִׁבְטֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 и... двенадцать козлов по числу племён Израиля The book assumes that readers will know that there were twelve tribes in Israel, so the twelve goats could symbolically represent the entire nation. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “12 male goats … one for each of the 12 tribes of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 6 17 r49v figs-explicit וְהַקְרִ֗בוּ…תּוֹרִ֣ין מְאָ֔ה דִּכְרִ֣ין מָאתַ֔יִן אִמְּרִ֖ין אַרְבַּ֣ע מְאָ֑ה וּצְפִירֵ֨י עִזִּ֜ין לחטיא…תְּרֵֽי־עֲשַׂ֔ר 1 И принесли… сто быков, двести баранов, четыреста ягнят, и в жертву за грех… двенадцать козлов The implication, as [6:9](../06/09.md) indicates explicitly, is that the bulls, rams, and lambs were used for whole burnt offerings. If it would be helpful, review the note to [3:2](../03/02.md) about what whole burnt offerings were and why they were offered. Alternate translation: “they offered 100 bulls, 200 rams, and 400 lambs as whole burnt offerings and 12 male goats as a sin offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 6 17 j5b6 figs-idiom וּצְפִירֵ֨י עִזִּ֜ין 1 и… козлов A male goat is called a buck. So this expression, **bucks of goats**, means the same thing as male goats in [8:35](../08/35.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 6 17 quwd figs-explicit וּצְפִירֵ֨י עִזִּ֜ין…תְּרֵֽי־עֲשַׂ֔ר לְמִנְיָ֖ן שִׁבְטֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 и… двенадцать козлов по числу племён Израиля The book assumes that readers will know that there were twelve tribes in Israel, so the twelve goats could symbolically represent the entire nation. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “12 male goats … one for each of the 12 tribes of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 6 18 r0gx grammar-connect-time-sequential וַהֲקִ֨ימוּ 1 И поставили The word **and** indicates that the event the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a word such as “then.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
EZR 6 18 zkjf figs-metaphor וַהֲקִ֨ימוּ כָהֲנַיָּ֜א…וְלֵוָיֵא֙ 1 И поставили священников... и левитов Here, **stand** is a figurative way of saying that a person has assumed the duties of their office. So to cause someone to stand is to appoint them to those duties and install them in that office. Alternate translation: “And they appointed the priests and Levites to serve in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 6 18 zkjf figs-metaphor וַהֲקִ֨ימוּ כָהֲנַיָּ֜א…וְלֵוָיֵא֙ 1 И поставили священников… и левитов Here, **stand** is a figurative way of saying that a person has assumed the duties of their office. So to cause someone to stand is to appoint them to those duties and install them in that office. Alternate translation: “And they appointed the priests and Levites to serve in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 6 18 iix1 figs-explicit כָהֲנַיָּ֜א בִּפְלֻגָּתְה֗וֹן וְלֵוָיֵא֙ בְּמַחְלְקָ֣תְה֔וֹן 1 священников по их частям, и левитов по их группам The book assumes that readers will know that these **divisions** and **sections** were groups of priests and Levites, respectively, that served in the temple for a week at a time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “They appointed that priests and the Levites to serve in the temple in groups for a week at a time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 6 18 ba06 figs-metaphor עַל־עֲבִידַ֥ת אֱלָהָ֖א דִּ֣י בִירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם 1 на службу Бога в Иерусалиме Here the book describes God in a spatial metaphor as if he lived in the city of Jerusalem. This is a figurative reference to the way God’s presence was in the temple in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “to lead the worship of God in the temple in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 6 18 vt19 כִּכְתָ֖ב סְפַ֥ר מֹשֶֽׁה 1 как написано в книге Моисея Alternate translation: “as it is written in the book of Moses” or “as God commanded in the law of Moses”
|
||||
|
@ -677,7 +677,7 @@ EZR 6 20 b9et figs-idiom בְּנֵ֣י הַגּוֹלָ֔ה 1 сыновей
|
|||
EZR 6 20 m6ql figs-metaphor וְלַאֲחֵיהֶ֥ם הַכֹּהֲנִ֖ים 1 и для своих братьев священников Here, **brothers** is a figurative way of saying fellow priests, although it is possible that this group included some of the biological brothers of the priests who slaughtered the lambs. Alternate translation: “and for their fellow priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 6 21 dpio figs-metaphor וַיֹּאכְל֣וּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 1 И ели сыновья Израиля **Sons** here figuratively means descendants. The book is envisioning all of the Israelites as descendants of the patriarch Jacob, who was also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “And the Israelites ate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 6 21 zqei figs-ellipsis וַיֹּאכְל֣וּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 1 И ели сыновья Израиля Here the book leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “And the Israelites ate the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
EZR 6 21 n0yo figs-explicit וְכֹ֗ל הַנִּבְדָּ֛ל מִטֻּמְאַ֥ת גּוֹיֵֽ־הָאָ֖רֶץ אֲלֵהֶ֑ם לִדְרֹ֕שׁ לַֽיהוָ֖ה 1 к ним... и все отделившиеся от нечистоты народов земли, чтобы искать Яхве This could mean one of several things. (1) It could be referring to people from other nations who had converted and become Jews. Alternate translation: “and anyone from another nation who had abandoned their former practices and become a Jew and would now worship and obey Yahweh” (2) It could be referring to Israelites who had not been taken into exile but who had adopted the customs and practices of the other people groups that had come to live in the former Jewish homeland. Alternate translation: “as well as Israelites who had not gone into exile, who had adopted foreign practices, but who would now join the returned exiles in worshiping and obeying Yahweh” (3) It might not be a reference to a distinct group, but rather a description of something additional that was true of the people in the first group who celebrated the Passover. This is the interpretation that UST follows. Alternate translation: “that is, all those returned exiles who resolved to reject foreign practices and to worship and obey Yahweh.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]].)
|
||||
EZR 6 21 n0yo figs-explicit וְכֹ֗ל הַנִּבְדָּ֛ל מִטֻּמְאַ֥ת גּוֹיֵֽ־הָאָ֖רֶץ אֲלֵהֶ֑ם לִדְרֹ֕שׁ לַֽיהוָ֖ה 1 к ним… и все отделившиеся от нечистоты народов земли, чтобы искать Яхве This could mean one of several things. (1) It could be referring to people from other nations who had converted and become Jews. Alternate translation: “and anyone from another nation who had abandoned their former practices and become a Jew and would now worship and obey Yahweh” (2) It could be referring to Israelites who had not been taken into exile but who had adopted the customs and practices of the other people groups that had come to live in the former Jewish homeland. Alternate translation: “as well as Israelites who had not gone into exile, who had adopted foreign practices, but who would now join the returned exiles in worshiping and obeying Yahweh” (3) It might not be a reference to a distinct group, but rather a description of something additional that was true of the people in the first group who celebrated the Passover. This is the interpretation that UST follows. Alternate translation: “that is, all those returned exiles who resolved to reject foreign practices and to worship and obey Yahweh.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]].)
|
||||
EZR 6 21 p72z figs-metaphor וְכֹ֗ל הַנִּבְדָּ֛ל מִטֻּמְאַ֥ת גּוֹיֵֽ־הָאָ֖רֶץ 1 и все отделившиеся от нечистоты народов земли Being **separated** from uncleanness represents refusing to do things that make people unclean. Alternate translation: “and everyone who refused to do the things that made them unclean that the other people groups living in the land did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 6 21 alu2 figs-metaphor מִטֻּמְאַ֥ת גּוֹיֵֽ־הָאָ֖רֶץ 1 от нечистоты народов земли Here, **uncleanness** figuratively represents being unacceptable to God. Alternate translation: “from the things that made the nations around them unacceptable to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 6 21 slp3 figs-idiom גּוֹיֵֽ־הָאָ֖רֶץ 1 народов земли Like **the people of the land** in [4:4](../04/04.md), this expression refers to the non-Israelite people groups who were living in this area. (Review the note at [4:4](../04/04.md) if that would be helpful.) Alternate translation: “the foreign people groups living nearby” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
@ -695,15 +695,15 @@ EZR 7 1 qol2 translate-names אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֣סְתְּא 1 Артак
|
|||
EZR 7 1 uerz figs-explicit עֶזְרָא֙ 1 Ездра Ezra’s genealogy in [7:1–6](../07/01.md) traces Ezra back to Aaron in a list of 16 ancestors. As is common in ancient genealogies, this list almost certainly does not include all of the generations between Aaron and Ezra. Aaron [(7:5)](../07/05.md) was the first high priest under the law of Moses and the first to serve in the tabernacle. Azariah [(7:3)](../07/03.md) was the first high priest to serve in the temple that Solomon built, which this book describes in [5:11](../05/11.md). Seraiah was the last high priest to serve in that temple. The Babylonians executed him when they conquered Jerusalem and destroyed the temple. The names in the list are arranged so that there will be seven generations between Aaron and Azariah, and seven generations between Azariah and Ezra, with Seraiah listed as the last generation before Ezra. If you have the freedom to use formatting creatively in your translation, you could make the implicit information about Aaron, Azariah, and Seraiah explicit and format this genealogy in a way that will highlight its purpose and design. Alternate translation and formatting:<br><br>Ezra—<br><br>the descendant of Seraiah, the last high priest in Solomon’s temple,<br>the son of Azariah,<br>the son of Hilkiah,<br>the son of Shallum,<br>the son of Zadok,<br>the descendant of Ahitub,<br>the descendant of Amariah,<br><br>the son of Azariah, the first high priest in Solomon’s temple,<br><br>the descendant of Meraioth,<br>the son of Zerahiah,<br>the son of Uzzi,<br>the son of Bukki,<br>the son of Abishua,<br>the son of Phinehas,<br>the son of Eleazar,<br><br>the son of Aaron, the first high priest in the tabernacle<br><br>—this Ezra<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 7 1 u6xs translate-names עֶזְרָא֙ 1 Ездра **Ezra** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 7 1 n9di figs-metaphor בֶּן־שְׂרָיָ֔ה בֶּן־עֲזַרְיָ֖ה בֶּן־חִלְקִיָּֽה 1 сын Сераии, сын Азарии, сын Хелкии In general, in the list in [7:1–6](../07/01.md), **son** figuratively means descendant. However, in many cases a man actually is the biological son of the next man on the list. So for your translation, you will need to decide whether to use the figurative expression **son**, which can also be literally true in many cases, or the non-figurative expression “descendant,” which is true in every case, or to say “son” for actual sons and “descendant” for descendants who are not actual sons. Choosing that last option would help show that the men on the list have been selected to make a certain number and arrangement, as explained in an earlier note. Alternative translations will illustrate this last option for each verse. Here, Alternate translation: “the descendant of Seraiah, the son of Azariah, the son of Hilkiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 7 1 gcr6 translate-names שְׂרָיָ֔ה…עֲזַרְיָ֖ה…חִלְקִיָּֽה 1 Сераии... Азарии... Хелкии These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 7 1 gcr6 translate-names שְׂרָיָ֔ה…עֲזַרְיָ֖ה…חִלְקִיָּֽה 1 Сераии… Азарии… Хелкии These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 7 2 iy78 בֶּן־שַׁלּ֥וּם בֶּן־צָד֖וֹק בֶּן־אֲחִיטֽוּב 1 сын Шаллума, сын Садока, сын Ахитува Alternate translation: “the son of Shallum, the son of Zadok, the descendant of Ahitub”
|
||||
EZR 7 2 e2ek translate-names שַׁלּ֥וּם…צָד֖וֹק…אֲחִיטֽוּב 1 Шаллума... Садока... Ахитува These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 7 2 e2ek translate-names שַׁלּ֥וּם…צָד֖וֹק…אֲחִיטֽוּב 1 Шаллума… Садока… Ахитува These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 7 3 rqiw בֶּן־אֲמַרְיָ֥ה בֶן־עֲזַרְיָ֖ה בֶּן־מְרָיֽוֹת 1 сын Амарии, сын Азарии, сын Марайофа Alternate translation: “the descendant of Amariah, the son of Azariah, the descendant of Meraioth”
|
||||
EZR 7 3 h5gv translate-names אֲמַרְיָ֥ה…עֲזַרְיָ֖ה…מְרָיֽוֹת 1 Амарии... Азарии... Марайофа These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 7 3 h5gv translate-names אֲמַרְיָ֥ה…עֲזַרְיָ֖ה…מְרָיֽוֹת 1 Амарии… Азарии… Марайофа These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 7 4 swtv בֶּן־זְרַֽחְיָ֥ה בֶן־עֻזִּ֖י בֶּן־בֻּקִּֽי 1 сын Захарии, сын Уззия, сын Буккия Even if you have decided to use non-figurative terminology, unless you have chosen to use the term “descendant” throughout this list, you can say “son” in each case here because each of these men was the actual father of the man whose name precedes his. Alternate translation: “the son of Zerahiah, the son of Uzzi, the son of Bukki”
|
||||
EZR 7 4 zd73 translate-names זְרַֽחְיָ֥ה…עֻזִּ֖י…בֻּקִּֽי 1 Захарии... Уззия... Буккия These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 7 5 sj6v בֶּן־אֲבִישׁ֗וּעַ בֶּן־פִּֽינְחָס֙ בֶּן־אֶלְעָזָ֔ר בֶּן־אַהֲרֹ֥ן 1 сын Авишуя, сын Финееса, сын Елеазара, сын... Аарона Here again, unless you have chosen to use the term “descendant” throughout this list, you can say “son” in each case here because each of these men was the actual father of the man whose name precedes his. Alternate translation: “the son of Abishua, the son of Phinehas, the son of Eleazar, the son of Aaron”
|
||||
EZR 7 5 jvt2 translate-names אֲבִישׁ֗וּעַ…פִּֽינְחָס֙…אֶלְעָזָ֔ר…אַהֲרֹ֥ן 1 Авишуя... Финееса... Елеазара... Аарона These are the names of four men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 7 4 zd73 translate-names זְרַֽחְיָ֥ה…עֻזִּ֖י…בֻּקִּֽי 1 Захарии… Уззия… Буккия These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 7 5 sj6v בֶּן־אֲבִישׁ֗וּעַ בֶּן־פִּֽינְחָס֙ בֶּן־אֶלְעָזָ֔ר בֶּן־אַהֲרֹ֥ן 1 сын Авишуя, сын Финееса, сын Елеазара, сын… Аарона Here again, unless you have chosen to use the term “descendant” throughout this list, you can say “son” in each case here because each of these men was the actual father of the man whose name precedes his. Alternate translation: “the son of Abishua, the son of Phinehas, the son of Eleazar, the son of Aaron”
|
||||
EZR 7 5 jvt2 translate-names אֲבִישׁ֗וּעַ…פִּֽינְחָס֙…אֶלְעָזָ֔ר…אַהֲרֹ֥ן 1 Авишуя… Финееса… Елеазара… Аарона These are the names of four men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 7 5 t064 figs-informremind הַכֹּהֵ֖ן הָרֹֽאשׁ 1 первосвященника Here the book provides some background information to remind readers of who Aaron was. Alternate translation: “the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
|
||||
EZR 7 5 z67m figs-metaphor הַכֹּהֵ֖ן הָרֹֽאשׁ 1 первосвященника Here, **head** is a figurative way of saying “leader.” Specifically, it means that Aaron was the leader of the priests, or the high priest. Alternate translation: “the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 7 5 pqgw figs-explicit הַכֹּהֵ֖ן הָרֹֽאשׁ 1 первосвященника The book assumes that readers will know that Aaron was the first high priest to serve in the tabernacle when God gave the law to Moses, his brother. Alternate translation: “the first high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
@ -750,8 +750,8 @@ EZR 7 13 wi2u figs-you לִמְהָ֧ךְ לִֽירוּשְׁלֶ֛ם ע
|
|||
EZR 7 13 g0ml מִן־עַמָּ֨ה יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל 1 из народа Израиля Here Artaxerxes specifies that **Israel** is the name of Ezra’s people group, perhaps because he does not expect everyone who sees this letter to be familiar with them already. Alternate translation: “the people known as ‘Israel’”
|
||||
EZR 7 14 cbf2 grammar-connect-logic-result כָּל־קֳבֵ֗ל דִּי֩ 1 Ввиду того, что The word **because** indicates that in the long sentence that follows, the next several phrases ([7:14–16](../07/14.md)) will provide the reasons for what the final two phrases say (in [7:17](../07/17.md)). You can translate this first word with the word or phrase in your language that is most similar in meaning and significance. However, also consider the suggestion in the first note to [7:15](../07/15.md) about breaking up this long sentence if that would make things clearer for your readers. If you follow that suggestion, you do not need to represent the word here in your translation. Alternate translation: “Since” or “In view of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EZR 7 14 h7cx figs-activepassive מִן־קֳדָ֨ם מַלְכָּ֜א וְשִׁבְעַ֤ת יָעֲטֹ֨הִי֙ שְׁלִ֔יחַ 1 от царя и семи его советников ты посылаешься If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “I and my seven counselors are sending you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 7 14 cx02 figs-123person מִן־קֳדָ֨ם מַלְכָּ֜א…שְׁלִ֔יחַ 1 от царя... ты посылаешься Artaxerxes speaks of himself here in the third person. Alternate translation: “I … am sending you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
EZR 7 14 tpvw figs-metaphor מִן־קֳדָ֨ם מַלְכָּ֜א…שְׁלִ֔יחַ 1 от царя... ты посылаешься This could mean literally that Ezra has been in the king’s presence, that is, in his court, and that the king is sending him out from there. This phrase would show anyone who read the letter that Ezra was an important figure in the royal court. The phrase could also be a spatial metaphor indicating that Ezra is going out on the king’s behalf and with his authority. Alternate translation: “I am sending you from my court” or “I am sending you with my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 7 14 cx02 figs-123person מִן־קֳדָ֨ם מַלְכָּ֜א…שְׁלִ֔יחַ 1 от царя… ты посылаешься Artaxerxes speaks of himself here in the third person. Alternate translation: “I … am sending you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
EZR 7 14 tpvw figs-metaphor מִן־קֳדָ֨ם מַלְכָּ֜א…שְׁלִ֔יחַ 1 от царя… ты посылаешься This could mean literally that Ezra has been in the king’s presence, that is, in his court, and that the king is sending him out from there. This phrase would show anyone who read the letter that Ezra was an important figure in the royal court. The phrase could also be a spatial metaphor indicating that Ezra is going out on the king’s behalf and with his authority. Alternate translation: “I am sending you from my court” or “I am sending you with my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 7 14 u9he translate-unknown וְשִׁבְעַ֤ת יָעֲטֹ֨הִי֙ 1 и семи его советников As in [4:5](../04/05.md), **counselors** means royal advisors in the Persian court. The seven mentioned here appear to have been the king’s closest and most important advisors. Alternate translation: “and his seven chief royal advisors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
EZR 7 14 dnqr figs-metonymy לְבַקָּרָ֥א עַל־יְה֖וּד וְלִֽירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם בְּדָ֥ת אֱלָהָ֖ךְ 1 расследовать об Иудее и Иерусалиме, по закону твоего Бога Artaxerxes is describing the Jews who in the province of Judah, and especially its capital city of Jerusalem, figuratively, by reference to things that are associated with them, the province and city where they live. Alternate translation: “to see how carefully the Jews living in the province of Judah and the city of Jerusalem are following the law of your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 7 14 v44t figs-explicit לְבַקָּרָ֥א עַל־יְה֖וּד וְלִֽירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם בְּדָ֥ת אֱלָהָ֖ךְ 1 расследовать об Иудее и Иерусалиме, по закону твоего Бога The implication, particularly in light of the powers that the king gives Ezra at the end of the letter ([7:25–26](../07/25.md)), is that **inquire** means more than just to find out about. It also implies do something about. Alternate translation: “to make sure that the Jews living in the province of Judah and the city of Jerusalem follow the law of your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
@ -767,7 +767,7 @@ EZR 7 16 f74p עִם֩ הִתְנַדָּב֨וּת עַמָּ֤א וְכ
|
|||
EZR 7 16 pdnm figs-informremind דִּ֥י בִירוּשְׁלֶֽם 1 Который в Иерусалиме Like Darius in [6:12](../06/12.md), here Artaxerxes repeats some background information in order to be very explicit about what temple his command applies to. Alternate translation: “in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-informremind]])
|
||||
EZR 7 17 pr2c grammar-connect-logic-result כָּל־קֳבֵ֣ל דְּנָה֩ 1 Поэтому The word **therefore** introduces the final part of the long sentence in [7:14–17](../07/14.md). It indicates the results of the reasons that the sentence has given so far. You can translate it with the word or phrase in your language that is most similar in meaning and significance. However, if you have followed the suggestion to break this long sentence up into several shorter sentences, you do not need to represent the word here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EZR 7 17 ciw6 figs-explicit בְּכַסְפָּ֣א דְנָ֗ה 1 на эти деньги The implication is that this means not just the gifts from the priests and Israelites, but also the gifts from the king, his counselors, and the people of the province of Babylon. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this more explicitly. Alternate translation: “with all of this money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 7 17 b2sq figs-explicit אָסְפַּ֨רְנָא תִקְנֵ֜א…דְנָ֗ה תּוֹרִ֤ין ׀ דִּכְרִין֙ אִמְּרִ֔ין וּמִנְחָתְה֖וֹן וְנִסְכֵּיה֑וֹן 1 быстро купи... быков, баранов, ягнят, и их хлебные приношения, и их возлияния The implication, as [6:9](../06/09.md) indicates explicitly, is that the bulls, rams, and lambs were to be used for whole burnt offerings. If it would be helpful, review the note to [3:2](../03/02.md) about what whole burnt offerings were and why they were offered. The book also expects readers to know that the law of Moses said that two further things should be offered together with the animals that were sacrificed in whole burnt offerings. One was a certain amount of flour mixed with oil, considered a **grain offering**. The other was a certain amount of wine, considered a **drink offering**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “be sure to buy bulls, rams, and lambs to sacrifice as whole burnt offerings, and grain, oil, and wine for the grain offerings and drink offerings that the law says must accompany them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 7 17 b2sq figs-explicit אָסְפַּ֨רְנָא תִקְנֵ֜א…דְנָ֗ה תּוֹרִ֤ין ׀ דִּכְרִין֙ אִמְּרִ֔ין וּמִנְחָתְה֖וֹן וְנִסְכֵּיה֑וֹן 1 быстро купи… быков, баранов, ягнят, и их хлебные приношения, и их возлияния The implication, as [6:9](../06/09.md) indicates explicitly, is that the bulls, rams, and lambs were to be used for whole burnt offerings. If it would be helpful, review the note to [3:2](../03/02.md) about what whole burnt offerings were and why they were offered. The book also expects readers to know that the law of Moses said that two further things should be offered together with the animals that were sacrificed in whole burnt offerings. One was a certain amount of flour mixed with oil, considered a **grain offering**. The other was a certain amount of wine, considered a **drink offering**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “be sure to buy bulls, rams, and lambs to sacrifice as whole burnt offerings, and grain, oil, and wine for the grain offerings and drink offerings that the law says must accompany them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 7 17 sjnr אָסְפַּ֨רְנָא 1 быстро In their decrees, as several examples in this book show, the Persian kings used this term **diligently** to mean carefully, exactly, and efficiently. Review the note to [5:8](../05/08.md) about this term if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “be sure that”
|
||||
EZR 7 18 a2bh figs-metaphor וּמָ֣ה דִי֩ עליך וְעַל־אחיך יֵיטַ֗ב בִּשְׁאָ֛ר כַּסְפָּ֥א וְדַהֲבָ֖ה לְמֶעְבַּ֑ד כִּרְע֥וּת אֱלָהֲכֹ֖ם תַּעַבְדֽוּן 1 И что тебе и твоим братьям будет угодно сделать с остальным серебром и золотом, — то делайте по воле вашего Бога Here, **brother** is a figurative way of saying **fellow Israelites**, and in context it likely refers to the other Jewish leaders who would decide with Ezra what to do with the extra money. Alternate translation: “You and your fellow Jewish leaders can decide what you think your God would like you to do with any silver and gold that is left over.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 7 19 h5qf grammar-connect-words-phrases וּמָֽאנַיָּא֙ 1 И сосуды The word **and** could indicate that the sentence it introduces draws a contrast between what Ezra and the other Jewish leaders could do with gold and silver that people contributed in the form of money and what they had to do with gold and silver that people contributed in the form of bowls and other objects that could be used in the temple. You could begin the sentence with a word such as **however** to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
|
||||
|
@ -781,7 +781,7 @@ EZR 7 20 gshw figs-synecdoche תִּנְתֵּ֕ן מִן־בֵּ֖ית גִּנ
|
|||
EZR 7 20 hgu9 figs-123person בֵּ֖ית גִּנְזֵ֥י מַלְכָּֽא 1 дома сокровищ царя Artaxerxes speaks of himself here in the third person. Alternate translation: “my royal treasury” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
EZR 7 21 wiy2 grammar-connect-logic-result וּ֠מִנִּי 1 И мной This phrase indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Specifically, Artaxerxes has just said that Ezra may pay for additional expenses out of the royal treasury. Consequently, regarding providing funds to Ezra, he will now give instructions to the officials responsible for administering the royal revenue in the province where Jerusalem is located. Alternate translation: “Consequently, from me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EZR 7 21 rfxe figs-123person וּ֠מִנִּי אֲנָ֞ה אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֤סְתְּא מַלְכָּא֙ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵ֔ם 1 И мной, царём Артаксерксом, даётся указ Up to this point in the letter, Artaxerxes has been addressing Ezra, and he has spoken of himself mostly in the third person. But now as he turns to address a new audience, the royal treasurers, he speaks of himself in the first person, and he uses the emphatic form **me myself** and repeats his name and title, as in [7:12](../07/12.md). If you have been translating the king’s use of the third person for himself in this letter with the second person in your language, it may be helpful to your readers if you use some emphatic form or extended phrase here to show this transition. Alternate translation: “ And I, King Artaxerxes, am personally commanding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
EZR 7 21 h6c8 figs-activepassive וּ֠מִנִּי אֲנָ֞ה אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֤סְתְּא מַלְכָּא֙ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵ֔ם…דִּ֣י כָל־דִּ֣י יִ֠שְׁאֲלֶנְכוֹן עֶזְרָ֨א…אָסְפַּ֖רְנָא יִתְעֲבִֽד 1 И мной, царём Артаксерксом, даётся указ... чтобы всё, что потребует у вас... Ездра... было сделано усердно If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “And I, King Artaxerxes, am personally commanding you to give Ezra anything he asks from you, and to do that exactly and promptly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 7 21 h6c8 figs-activepassive וּ֠מִנִּי אֲנָ֞ה אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֤סְתְּא מַלְכָּא֙ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵ֔ם…דִּ֣י כָל־דִּ֣י יִ֠שְׁאֲלֶנְכוֹן עֶזְרָ֨א…אָסְפַּ֖רְנָא יִתְעֲבִֽד 1 И мной, царём Артаксерксом, даётся указ… чтобы всё, что потребует у вас… Ездра… было сделано усердно If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “And I, King Artaxerxes, am personally commanding you to give Ezra anything he asks from you, and to do that exactly and promptly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 7 21 mlat figs-you יִ֠שְׁאֲלֶנְכוֹן 1 потребует у вас The king is now addressing the treasurers, so **you** refers to the treasurers here and in [7:24](../07/24.md). If your language distinguishes between forms of you, the form for a superior addressing a group of people would be appropriate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
EZR 7 21 zz8u translate-unknown גִּזַּֽבְרַיָּ֔א 1 казначеям These were royal officials responsible for administering the funds of the empire in their province. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
EZR 7 21 i7dz translate-names בַּעֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֑ה 1 за рекой **Beyond-the-River** is the name of one of the provinces of the Persian Empire. See how you translated it in [4:10](../04/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
@ -792,7 +792,7 @@ EZR 7 22 cja2 translate-bvolume חִנְטִין֙ כֹּרִ֣ין מְאָ֔ה
|
|||
EZR 7 22 u3yi translate-bvolume וְעַד־חֲמַר֙ בַּתִּ֣ין מְאָ֔ה וְעַד־בַּתִּ֥ין מְשַׁ֖ח מְאָ֑ה 1 и до ста батов вина, и до ста батов масла According to ancient measurements, **baths** were equivalent to about 22 liters. Once again, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the quantity in modern measurements, or you could express the amount using the ancient measurement and explain its modern equivalent in a note. Alternate translation: “and as much as 2200 liters of wine, and as much as 2200 liters of oil” or “and as much as 600 gallons of wine, and as much as 600 gallons of oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
EZR 7 22 pdtm figs-idiom וּמְלַ֖ח דִּי־לָ֥א כְתָֽב 1 а соли — без предписания This expression means that that the king is not specifying in writing a maximum amount of salt that Ezra can request, as he did for the silver, wheat, wine, and oil. Alternate translation: “and an unlimited amount of salt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 7 23 hz1d figs-activepassive כָּל־דִּ֗י מִן־טַ֨עַם֙ אֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֔א יִתְעֲבֵד֙ אַדְרַזְדָּ֔א לְבֵ֖ית אֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֑א 1 Всё, что по велению Бога небес, пусть делается усердно для дома Бога небес If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “I want you to make sure that the Jewish leaders have the funds they need to do everything that the God who rules in heaven has commanded regarding worship in his temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 7 23 ado8 figs-metaphor כָּל־דִּ֗י מִן־טַ֨עַם֙ אֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֔א…לְבֵ֖ית אֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֑א 1 Всё, что по велению Бога небес... для дома Бога небес Here, by **decree,** Artaxerxes is likely referring to what he calls the law of the God of heaven in [7:12](../07/12.md). He means the law of Moses, and specifically the commandments in the law for how community worship was to be conducted. Artaxerxes speaks of the law figuratively as if it were a royal decree that God had issued. Alternate translation: “everything that the God who rules in heaven has commanded regarding worship in his temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 7 23 ado8 figs-metaphor כָּל־דִּ֗י מִן־טַ֨עַם֙ אֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֔א…לְבֵ֖ית אֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֑א 1 Всё, что по велению Бога небес… для дома Бога небес Here, by **decree,** Artaxerxes is likely referring to what he calls the law of the God of heaven in [7:12](../07/12.md). He means the law of Moses, and specifically the commandments in the law for how community worship was to be conducted. Artaxerxes speaks of the law figuratively as if it were a royal decree that God had issued. Alternate translation: “everything that the God who rules in heaven has commanded regarding worship in his temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 7 23 t2e7 figs-metaphor לְבֵ֖ית אֱלָ֣הּ שְׁמַיָּ֑א 1 для дома Бога небес See how you translated the expressions **the house of God** in [1:4](../01/04.md) and **the God of heaven** in [5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “the temple of the God who rules in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 7 23 i89i figs-rquestion דִּֽי־לְמָ֤ה לֶֽהֱוֵא֙ קְצַ֔ף עַל־מַלְכ֥וּת מַלְכָּ֖א וּבְנֽוֹהִי 1 Ведь зачем быть гневу на царство царя и его сыновей? The king is making a statement, not really asking a question. He does not expect the treasurers to explain to him why there should be wrath against the kingdom. Instead, he is using the question form to emphasize how important it is for the treasurers to ensure that sufficient funds are provided so that worship in the temple can be conducted just as God has commanded. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “I do not want God to be angry with me or with any of my descendants who rule after me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
EZR 7 23 bc0q figs-explicit דִּֽי־לְמָ֤ה לֶֽהֱוֵא֙ קְצַ֔ף עַל־מַלְכ֥וּת מַלְכָּ֖א וּבְנֽוֹהִי 1 Ведь зачем быть гневу на царство царя и его сыновей? The implication is that Artaxerxes wants to have God’s favor, and he is concerned that God will be displeased with him instead if he does not provide for God’s temple in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I do not want God to be angry with me or with any of my descendants who rule after me because I neglected his temple.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
@ -800,7 +800,7 @@ EZR 7 23 x6h5 figs-metonymy דִּֽי־לְמָ֤ה לֶֽהֱוֵא֙ קְ
|
|||
EZR 7 23 jptx figs-metonymy מַלְכ֥וּת מַלְכָּ֖א וּבְנֽוֹהִי 1 царство царя и его сыновей God would not actually be angry with the realm over which Artaxerxes has authority. Rather, he uses the term **kingdom** to describe himself and his descendants figuratively by reference to something associated with them. Alternate translation: “me or any of my descendants who rule after me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 7 23 aia6 figs-123person מַלְכָּ֖א וּבְנֽוֹהִי 1 царя и его сыновей Artaxerxes speaks of himself here in the third person. Alternate translation: “me or any of my descendants who rule after me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
EZR 7 23 wo5t figs-metaphor וּבְנֽוֹהִי 1 и его сыновей This could possibly mean the biological sons of King Artaxerxes, but since he speaks of the kingdom as belonging to them, it is more likely that this is a figurative reference to his descendants, and specifically the line of direct descendants who would rule Persia as his successors. (If it would be helpful, review the notes to [4:15](../04/15.md) and [6:10](../06/10.md) about how Persian kings considered their predecessors their **fathers** and their successors their **sons**.) Alternate translation: “my descendants who rule after me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 7 24 pw3i figs-exclusive וּלְכֹ֣ם מְהוֹדְעִ֗ין דִּ֣י…מִנְדָּ֤ה בְלוֹ֙ וַהֲלָ֔ךְ לָ֥א שַׁלִּ֖יט לְמִרְמֵ֥א עֲלֵיהֹֽם 1 И мы вам сообщаем, что... их не разрешается облагать податью, налогом и пошлиной To this point in the letter, Artaxerxes has referred to himself in the singular, whether in the second person or the third person. But here he uses the plural. This could possibly indicate **I and my seven chief royal counselors**, as in [7:15](../07/15.md). However, since he spoke initially to these treasurers so individually and emphatically in [7:21](../07/21.md), it seems unlikely that he would appeal to supporting authorities when giving these further instructions to them. Rather, it seems that the king speaks in the plural here because he has just envisioned himself within a succession of kings who will rule over this kingdom. (As the expression **the revenue of the kings** in [4:13](../04/13.md) shows, the Persian emperors could envision their actions and decisions as embodying those of later kings.) So **we** most likely means “I,” and you could say that as an alternate translation. On the other hand, if you decide to say **we**, you should use the form that does not include the addressees, if your language makes that distinction. Alternate translation: “And I am informing you that you have no authority to collect taxes, tribute, or duty from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
EZR 7 24 pw3i figs-exclusive וּלְכֹ֣ם מְהוֹדְעִ֗ין דִּ֣י…מִנְדָּ֤ה בְלוֹ֙ וַהֲלָ֔ךְ לָ֥א שַׁלִּ֖יט לְמִרְמֵ֥א עֲלֵיהֹֽם 1 И мы вам сообщаем, что… их не разрешается облагать податью, налогом и пошлиной To this point in the letter, Artaxerxes has referred to himself in the singular, whether in the second person or the third person. But here he uses the plural. This could possibly indicate **I and my seven chief royal counselors**, as in [7:15](../07/15.md). However, since he spoke initially to these treasurers so individually and emphatically in [7:21](../07/21.md), it seems unlikely that he would appeal to supporting authorities when giving these further instructions to them. Rather, it seems that the king speaks in the plural here because he has just envisioned himself within a succession of kings who will rule over this kingdom. (As the expression **the revenue of the kings** in [4:13](../04/13.md) shows, the Persian emperors could envision their actions and decisions as embodying those of later kings.) So **we** most likely means “I,” and you could say that as an alternate translation. On the other hand, if you decide to say **we**, you should use the form that does not include the addressees, if your language makes that distinction. Alternate translation: “And I am informing you that you have no authority to collect taxes, tribute, or duty from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
EZR 7 24 wx23 מִנְדָּ֤ה בְלוֹ֙ וַהֲלָ֔ךְ 1 податью, налогом и пошлиной See how you translated this phrase in [4:13](../04/13.md).
|
||||
EZR 7 24 kw6q grammar-connect-logic-result כָל־כָּהֲנַיָּ֣א וְ֠לֵוָיֵא זַמָּ֨רַיָּ֤א תָרָֽעַיָּא֙ נְתִ֣ינַיָּ֔א וּפָ֣לְחֵ֔י בֵּ֖ית אֱלָהָ֣א דְנָ֑ה 1 все священники и левиты, певцы, сторожа ворот, нефинеи и слуги этого дома Бога The last phrase, **the servants of that house of God**, describes what the people in the five groups listed all have in common. They all work in the temple of God. In this way, the phrase gives the reason why the treasurers may not impose taxes on anyone in any of these groups. Likely as a further way of supporting the temple, and perhaps also as a gesture of respect for God, Artaxerxes is providing an exemption from taxes for all temple personnel. If it would be clearer in your language, you could make this the first part of the sentence, since it gives the reason for the results that the rest of the sentence describes. Alternate translation: “because the priests, Levites, singers, gatekeepers, and Nethinim all work in the temple of the God who rules in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EZR 7 24 mgkt translate-names וְ֠לֵוָיֵא 1 и левиты See how you translated this term in [2:40](../02/40.md). Review the explanation in the note there if that would be helpful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
@ -847,39 +847,39 @@ EZR 8 2 kb7h figs-metaphor מִבְּנֵ֥י דָוִ֖יד חַטּֽוּש
|
|||
EZR 8 2 xt4r translate-names דָוִ֖יד חַטּֽוּשׁ 1 Давида – Хаттуш These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 3 m91f figs-explicit מִבְּנֵ֣י שְׁכַנְיָ֔ה ס מִבְּנֵ֥י פַרְעֹ֖שׁ זְכַרְיָ֑ה 1 из сыновей Шехании, из сыновей Пароша — Захария This could mean one of two things. (1) It could mean that Zechariah was the clan leader of the descendants of Shecaniah, and that they were all descendants of a more remote ancestor named Parosh. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Shecaniah, who were descendants of Parosh, Zechariah.” (2) More likely, the phrase “from the sons of Shecaniah” applies to the end of the previous verse. 1 Chronicles 3:19–22 shows that Hattush was the grandson of Shecaniah, and that Shecaniah was either the grandson or a more distant descendant of Zerubbabel, who was a descendant of King David. (As several of the following verses show, further information like this may be provided about the clan leaders on this list.) So the end of [8:2](../08/02.md) and the beginning of [8:3](../08/03.md) could read, as an alternate translation: “From the descendants of King David, Hattush, one of the descendants of Shecaniah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 8 3 veab figs-metaphor מִבְּנֵ֣י שְׁכַנְיָ֔ה ס מִבְּנֵ֥י פַרְעֹ֖שׁ זְכַרְיָ֑ה 1 из сыновей Шехании, из сыновей Пароша — Захария Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: (1) “From the descendants of Shecaniah, who were descendants of Parosh, Zechariah” or (2) “one of the descendants of Shecaniah. From the descendants of Parosh, Zechariah” (The numbers refer to the options in the previous note.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 3 f6xt translate-names שְׁכַנְיָ֔ה…פַרְעֹ֖שׁ זְכַרְיָ֑ה 1 Шехании... Пароша... Захария These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 3 f6xt translate-names שְׁכַנְיָ֔ה…פַרְעֹ֖שׁ זְכַרְיָ֑ה 1 Шехании… Пароша… Захария These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 3 ds2y figs-explicit וְעִמּ֛וֹ הִתְיַחֵ֥שׂ לִזְכָרִ֖ים מֵאָ֥ה וַחֲמִשִּֽׁים 1 и с ним в родословной были записаны сто пятьдесят мужчин The implication is that these 150 males belonged to the same clan as Zechariah. Alternate translation: “along with 150 men from his clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 8 4 f7d5 figs-metaphor מִבְּנֵי֙ פַּחַ֣ת מוֹאָ֔ב אֶלְיְהֽוֹעֵינַ֖י בֶּן־זְרַֽחְיָ֑ה 1 из сыновей Пахаф-Моава – Эльегоенай, сын Зерахии Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants,” but **son** most likely means a biological son. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Pahath-Moab, Eliehoenai the son of Zerahiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 4 c961 translate-names פַּחַ֣ת מוֹאָ֔ב אֶלְיְהֽוֹעֵינַ֖י…זְרַֽחְיָ֑ה 1 Пахаф-Моава... Эльегоенай... Зерахии These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 4 c961 translate-names פַּחַ֣ת מוֹאָ֔ב אֶלְיְהֽוֹעֵינַ֖י…זְרַֽחְיָ֑ה 1 Пахаф-Моава… Эльегоенай… Зерахии These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 4 y6jz figs-explicit וְעִמּ֖וֹ מָאתַ֥יִם הַזְּכָרִֽים 1 и с ним двести мужчин See the note to [8:3](../08/03.md) about this expression. Alternate translation: “along with 200 men from his clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 8 5 qrqj figs-metaphor מִבְּנֵ֥י שְׁכַנְיָ֖ה בֶּן־יַחֲזִיאֵ֑ל 1 из сыновей Шехания — сын Яхазиила Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants,” but **son** most likely means a biological son. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Shecaniah, the son of Jahaziel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 5 sxis translate-textvariants מִבְּנֵ֥י שְׁכַנְיָ֖ה בֶּן־יַחֲזִיאֵ֑ל 1 из сыновей Шехания — сын Яхазиила Since this list has been providing the name of each clan leader, it would be unusual for it to omit the leader’s name here and state only the name of his father. It seems that the name of the clan was accidentally left out at one point in the copying process. Other ancient versions of the Old Testament read, “from the sons of Zattu, Shecaniah the son of Jahaziel.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could treat that as the correct text. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Zattu, Shecaniah the son of Jahaziel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
EZR 8 5 c416 translate-names שְׁכַנְיָ֖ה…יַחֲזִיאֵ֑ל 1 Шехания... Яхазиила These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 5 c416 translate-names שְׁכַנְיָ֖ה…יַחֲזִיאֵ֑ל 1 Шехания… Яхазиила These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 5 j5rk figs-explicit וְעִמּ֕וֹ שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת הַזְּכָרִֽים 1 и с ним триста мужчин See the note to [8:3](../08/03.md) about this expression. Alternate translation: “along with 300 men from his clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 8 6 x9hz figs-metaphor וּמִבְּנֵ֣י עָדִ֔ין עֶ֖בֶד בֶּן־יוֹנָתָ֑ן 1 из сыновей Адина — Евед, сын Ионафана Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants,” but **son** most likely means a biological son. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Adin, Ebed the son of Jonathan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 6 vqsg translate-names עָדִ֔ין עֶ֖בֶד…יוֹנָתָ֑ן 1 Адина... Евед... Ионафана These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 6 vqsg translate-names עָדִ֔ין עֶ֖בֶד…יוֹנָתָ֑ן 1 Адина… Евед… Ионафана These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 6 c84d figs-explicit וְעִמּ֖וֹ חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים הַזְּכָרִֽים 1 и с ним пятьдесят мужчин See the note to [8:3](../08/03.md) about this expression. Alternate translation: “along with 50 men from his clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 8 7 yegf figs-metaphor וּמִבְּנֵ֣י עֵילָ֔ם יְשַֽׁעְיָ֖ה בֶּן־עֲתַלְיָ֑ה 1 из сыновей Елама — Иешаия, сын Афалии Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants,” but **son** most likely means a biological son. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Elam, Jeshaiah the son of Athaliah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 7 w1un translate-names עֵילָ֔ם יְשַֽׁעְיָ֖ה…עֲתַלְיָ֑ה 1 Елама... Иешаия... Афалии These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 7 w1un translate-names עֵילָ֔ם יְשַֽׁעְיָ֖ה…עֲתַלְיָ֑ה 1 Елама… Иешаия… Афалии These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 7 f2s8 figs-explicit וְעִמּ֖וֹ שִׁבְעִ֥ים הַזְּכָרִֽים 1 и с ним семьдесят мужчин See the note to [8:3](../08/03.md) about this expression. Alternate translation: “along with 70 men from his clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 8 8 wa5l figs-metaphor וּמִבְּנֵ֣י שְׁפַטְיָ֔ה זְבַדְיָ֖ה בֶּן־מִֽיכָאֵ֑ל 1 из сыновей Сафатии — Зевадия, сын Михаила Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants,” but **son** most likely means a biological son. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Shephatiah, Zebadiah the son of Michael” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 8 b23z translate-names שְׁפַטְיָ֔ה זְבַדְיָ֖ה…מִֽיכָאֵ֑ל 1 Сафатии... Зевадия... Михаила These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 8 b23z translate-names שְׁפַטְיָ֔ה זְבַדְיָ֖ה…מִֽיכָאֵ֑ל 1 Сафатии… Зевадия… Михаила These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 8 w6u1 figs-explicit וְעִמּ֖וֹ שְׁמֹנִ֥ים הַזְּכָרִֽים 1 и с ним восемьдесят мужчин See the note to [8:3](../08/03.md) about this expression. Alternate translation: “along with 80 men from his clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 8 9 w699 figs-metaphor מִבְּנֵ֣י יוֹאָ֔ב עֹבַדְיָ֖ה בֶּן־יְחִיאֵ֑ל 1 из сыновей Иоава — Овадия, сын Иехиила Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants,” but **son** most likely means a biological son. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Joab, Obadiah the son of Jehiel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 9 u1te translate-names יוֹאָ֔ב עֹבַדְיָ֖ה…יְחִיאֵ֑ל 1 Иоава... Овадия... Иехиила These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 9 u1te translate-names יוֹאָ֔ב עֹבַדְיָ֖ה…יְחִיאֵ֑ל 1 Иоава… Овадия… Иехиила These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 9 ude8 figs-explicit וְעִמּ֕וֹ מָאתַ֛יִם וּשְׁמֹנָ֥ה עָשָׂ֖ר הַזְּכָרִֽים 1 и с ним двести восемнадцать мужчин See the note to [8:3](../08/03.md) about this expression. Alternate translation: “along with 218 men from his clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 8 10 x1dx figs-metaphor וּמִבְּנֵ֥י שְׁלוֹמִ֖ית בֶּן־יוֹסִפְיָ֑ה 1 из сыновей Шеломиф — сын Иосифии Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants”, but **son** most likely means a biological son. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Shelomith, the son of Josiphiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 10 unnl translate-textvariants וּמִבְּנֵ֥י שְׁלוֹמִ֖ית בֶּן־יוֹסִפְיָ֑ה 1 из сыновей Шеломиф — сын Иосифии It appears that, as in [8:5](../08/05.md), the name of the clan has accidentally dropped out here also. Some manuscripts of an ancient Greek translation of the Old Testament read, “from the descendants of Bani, Shelomith the son of Josiphiah.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could treat that as the correct text. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Bani, Shelomith the son of Josiphiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
EZR 8 10 ex7w translate-names שְׁלוֹמִ֖ית…יוֹסִפְיָ֑ה 1 Шеломиф... Иосифии These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 10 ex7w translate-names שְׁלוֹמִ֖ית…יוֹסִפְיָ֑ה 1 Шеломиф… Иосифии These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 10 y254 figs-explicit וְעִמּ֕וֹ מֵאָ֥ה וְשִׁשִּׁ֖ים הַזְּכָרִֽים 1 и с ним сто шестьдесят мужчин See the note to [8:3](../08/03.md) about this expression. Alternate translation: “along with 160 men from his clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 8 11 s7ng figs-metaphor וּמִבְּנֵ֣י בֵבַ֔י זְכַרְיָ֖ה בֶּן־בֵּבָ֑י 1 из сыновей Бевая — Захария, сын Бевая Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants,” but **son** most likely means a biological son. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Bebai, Zechariah the son of Bebai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 11 ywsh translate-names בֵבַ֔י זְכַרְיָ֖ה…בֵּבָ֑י 1 Бевая... Захария... Бевая These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 11 ywsh translate-names בֵבַ֔י זְכַרְיָ֖ה…בֵּבָ֑י 1 Бевая… Захария… Бевая These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 11 w892 figs-explicit וְעִמּ֕וֹ עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּשְׁמֹנָ֖ה הַזְּכָרִֽים 1 и с ним двадцать восемь мужчин See the note to [8:3](../08/03.md) about this expression. Alternate translation: “along with 28 men from his clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 8 12 a3dx figs-metaphor וּמִבְּנֵ֣י עַזְגָּ֔ד יוֹחָנָ֖ן בֶּן־הַקָּטָ֑ן 1 из сыновей Азгада — Иоханан, сын Гаккатана Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants,” but **son** most likely means a biological son. Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Azgad, Johanan the son of Hakkatan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 12 z7xc translate-names עַזְגָּ֔ד יוֹחָנָ֖ן…הַקָּטָ֑ן 1 Азгада... Иоханан... Гаккатана These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 12 z7xc translate-names עַזְגָּ֔ד יוֹחָנָ֖ן…הַקָּטָ֑ן 1 Азгада… Иоханан… Гаккатана These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 12 j4bn figs-explicit וְעִמּ֕וֹ מֵאָ֥ה וַעֲשָׂרָ֖ה הַזְּכָרִֽים 1 и с ним сто десять мужчин See the note to [8:3](../08/03.md) about this expression. Alternate translation: “along with 110 men from his clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 8 13 rzr8 וּמִבְּנֵ֣י אֲדֹנִיקָם֮ אַחֲרֹנִים֒ וְאֵ֣לֶּה שְׁמוֹתָ֔ם אֱלִיפֶ֖לֶט יְעִיאֵ֣ל וּֽשְׁמַעְיָ֑ה 1 из сыновей Адоникама — последние, и вот их имена: Елифелет, Иеиел и Шемаия The implication is that some descendants of Adonikam still remained in Babylon even after a large number of his descendants returned to Judah with Zerubbabel, as [2:13](../02/13.md) describes. The term **last** here indicates that. A further implication is that the clan leader was now in Judah, so that the names provided are instead of family leaders who led this group on its return. Alternate translation: “And from the descendants of Adonikam who had remained in Babylon, the family leaders Eliphelet, Jeuel, and Shemaiah”
|
||||
EZR 8 13 k1ic translate-names אֲדֹנִיקָם֮…אֱלִיפֶ֖לֶט יְעִיאֵ֣ל וּֽשְׁמַעְיָ֑ה 1 Адоникама... Елифелет... Иеиел... Шемаия These are the names of four men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 13 k1ic translate-names אֲדֹנִיקָם֮…אֱלִיפֶ֖לֶט יְעִיאֵ֣ל וּֽשְׁמַעְיָ֑ה 1 Адоникама… Елифелет… Иеиел… Шемаия These are the names of four men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 13 hu49 figs-explicit וְעִמָּהֶ֖ם שִׁשִּׁ֥ים הַזְּכָרִֽים 1 и с ними шестьдесят мужчин See the note to [8:3](../08/03.md) about this expression. Alternate translation: “along with 60 men from their clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 8 14 p7ej figs-metaphor וּמִבְּנֵ֥י בִגְוַ֖י עוּתַ֣י וְזַכּ֑וּר 1 из сыновей Бигвая — Уфай и Заббуд **Sons** here figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “From the descendants of Bigvai, Uthai and Zaccur” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 14 we81 figs-explicit וְעִמּ֖וֹ שִׁבְעִ֥ים הַזְּכָרִֽים 1 и с ними семьдесят мужчин See the note to [8:3](../08/03.md) about this expression. **Him** actually refers to both Uthai and Zaccur, so you can use a plural pronoun in your translation if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “along with 70 men from their clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
@ -888,7 +888,7 @@ EZR 8 15 zfwz figs-explicit וָֽאֶקְבְּצֵ֗ם אֶל־הַנ
|
|||
EZR 8 15 gl34 translate-names הַנָּהָר֙ הַבָּ֣א אֶֽל־אַהֲוָ֔א 1 реке, впадающей в Агаву The exact location of this river on whose banks the group assembled can no longer be identified. In [8:21](../08/21.md) and [8:31](../08/31.md), Ezra calls it the Ahava River, and you could use that same name here if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the Ahava River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 15 cl4j grammar-connect-time-simultaneous וָאָבִ֤ינָה 1 и я осмотрел The word **and** at the beginning of this phrase indicates that this event took place at the same time as the event the story has just related. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship in this case by using a phrase such as “while we were there.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
|
||||
EZR 8 15 w7og figs-explicit וָאָבִ֤ינָה בָעָם֙ וּבַכֹּ֣הֲנִ֔ים וּמִבְּנֵ֥י לֵוִ֖י לֹא־מָצָ֥אתִי שָֽׁם 1 и я осмотрел народ и священников, и никого из сыновей Левия там не нашёл Here, we learn that one purpose of this preliminary encampment was for Ezra to see whether he had all the temple personnel he needed. The implication behind this statement is that Ezra looked over the whole group to make sure that he did. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. (We learn in [8:25](../08/25.md) that a further purpose of the encampment was to make arrangements for the safe transportation of the money and objects that had been donated for the temple.) Alternate translation: “I looked over the whole group and discovered that it consisted of lay people and priests, but there were no Levites among us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 8 15 o9vg figs-metaphor וּמִבְּנֵ֥י לֵוִ֖י 1 и... из сыновей Левия Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants.” The Levites were descendants of Levi. Alternate translation: “Levites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 15 o9vg figs-metaphor וּמִבְּנֵ֥י לֵוִ֖י 1 и… из сыновей Левия Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants.” The Levites were descendants of Levi. Alternate translation: “Levites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 16 ufp7 grammar-connect-logic-result וָאֶשְׁלְחָ֡ה 1 И я послал The word **then** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains what Ezra did as a result of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EZR 8 16 sw7e translate-names וָאֶשְׁלְחָ֡ה לֶאֱלִיעֶ֡זֶר לַאֲרִיאֵ֡ל לִֽ֠שְׁמַעְיָה וּלְאֶלְנָתָ֨ן וּלְיָרִ֜יב וּלְאֶלְנָתָ֧ן וּלְנָתָ֛ן וְלִזְכַרְיָ֥ה וְלִמְשֻׁלָּ֖ם 1 И я послал за Елиезером, за Ариэлом, за Шемаией, и за Элнафаном, и за Иаривом, и за Элнафаном, и за Нафаном, и за Захарией, и за Мешулламом Here, Ezra lists the names of nine men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 16 admv figs-metaphor רָאשִׁ֑ים 1 главными Unlike in [7:28](../07/28.md), here this expression does not mean heads of father’s houses, that is, clan leaders. Rather, **heads** here is simply a figurative way of saying “leaders.” None of these nine men, with the possible exception of Zechariah, are among the clan leaders listed in [8:2–14](../08/02.md). (And considering that three of the men whom Ezra summoned were named Elnathan, which shows that several individuals could share the same name, it’s quite possible that this is a different Zechariah from either the one named in [8:3](../08/03.md) or the one named in [8:11](../08/11.md).) Alternate translation: “who were all leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -896,7 +896,7 @@ EZR 8 16 l322 translate-names וּלְיוֹיָרִ֥יב וּלְ
|
|||
EZR 8 16 tf03 figs-explicit מְבִינִֽים 1 различающими This phrase suggests that while Joiarib and Elnathan were not community leaders like the other nine men, Ezra sent them anyway to help recruit more temple personnel because they were wise and reasonable and could be persuasive. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because, even though they were not leaders, they were wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 8 17 a4dg figs-explicit אוֹתָם֙ עַל־אִדּ֣וֹ הָרֹ֔אשׁ בְּכָסִפְיָ֖א הַמָּק֑וֹם 1 им об Иддо, главном в местности Касифье The implication, since Ezra is trying to recruit Levites, is that Iddo was the leader of the Levites in that place. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “them to speak to a man named Iddo, who was the leader of the Levites at a place called Kasiphia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 8 17 akq5 translate-names אִדּ֣וֹ 1 Иддо **Iddo** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 17 ggi9 translate-names בְּכָסִפְיָ֖א 1 в... Касифье **Kasiphia** is the name of a place. Its exact location can no longer be identified. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 17 ggi9 translate-names בְּכָסִפְיָ֖א 1 в… Касифье **Kasiphia** is the name of a place. Its exact location can no longer be identified. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 17 nq66 figs-metaphor וָאָשִׂימָה֩ בְּפִיהֶ֨ם דְּבָרִ֜ים לְ֠דַבֵּר אֶל־אִדּ֨וֹ 1 и вложил в их уста слова, чтобы они сказали Иддо Putting words in someone’s mouth figuratively means telling them what to say. Alternate translation: “And I told them what to say to Iddo” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 17 y2wd figs-metaphor אִדּ֨וֹ אָחִ֤יו הַנְּתִינִים֙ בְּכָסִפְיָ֣א הַמָּק֔וֹם 1 Иддо, его братьям нефинеям в местности Касифье Here, **brother** is a figurative way of referring to people who belonged to groups that could serve in the temple, as Iddo did. (It is possible that some of his biological brothers are included in this term.) In context, Iddo is a Levite leader, while the **brothers** are said to include Nethinim, that is, temple servants, so the term indicates both groups. Alternate translation: “Iddo and his fellow Levites and the Nethinim who were also living in Kasiphia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 17 p5pg figs-quotations לְהָֽבִיא־לָ֥נוּ מְשָׁרְתִ֖ים לְבֵ֥ית אֱלֹהֵֽינוּ 1 чтобы он привёл к нам служителей для дома нашего Бога This is the purpose for which Ezra sent the messengers to Iddo. You could indicate that in your translation, or, if it would be clearer in your language and helpful to your readers, you could present this as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “so that he would send us more people who could serve in the temple of our God” or, as a direct quotation, “Please send us some more people who can serve in the temple of our God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
|
@ -904,23 +904,23 @@ EZR 8 18 kbq4 grammar-connect-logic-result וַיָּבִ֨יאּוּ 1 И о
|
|||
EZR 8 18 a7cr figs-metaphor כְּיַד־אֱלֹהֵ֨ינוּ הַטּוֹבָ֤ה עָלֵ֨ינוּ֙ 1 так как добрая рука нашего Бога была над нами As in the expression **according to the good hand of his God upon him** in [7:6](../07/06.md), **hand** figuratively represents action, and the expression indicates that God showed Ezra favor and helped him on this occasion. Alternate translation: “because our God was helping us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 18 kue1 figs-metaphor אִ֣ישׁ שֶׂ֔כֶל 1 умного человека Here, **insight**, that is, the ability to “see into” things, figuratively means to have good judgment. Alternate translation: “a very prudent man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 18 o1sr figs-metaphor מִבְּנֵ֣י מַחְלִ֔י בֶּן־לֵוִ֖י בֶּן־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל וְשֵׁרֵֽבְיָ֛ה 1 из сыновей Махлия, сына Левия, сына Израиля, и Шеревию **Sons** figuratively means “descendants” in reference to Mahli, since he was a distant ancestor of the group that Sherebiah belonged to. **Son** figuratively means “descendant” when applied to Levi, since Mahli was actually his grandson. But Levi actually was the biological son of Israel. Alternate translation: “named Sherebiah, one of the descendants of Mahli, the grandson of Levi, the son of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 18 d8n9 translate-names מַחְלִ֔י…לֵוִ֖י…יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל וְשֵׁרֵֽבְיָ֛ה 1 Махлия... Левия... Израиля... Шеревию These are the names of four men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 18 d8n9 translate-names מַחְלִ֔י…לֵוִ֖י…יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל וְשֵׁרֵֽבְיָ֛ה 1 Махлия… Левия… Израиля… Шеревию These are the names of four men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 18 pp9z figs-metaphor וּבָנָ֥יו וְאֶחָ֖יו שְׁמֹנָ֥ה עָשָֽׂר 1 и его сыновей, и его братьев — восемнадцать Since this was a small group of related people, it is quite possible that it consisted largely, if not entirely, of Sherebiah’s actual sons and brothers. So you could, in your translation, decide to treat the terms as literal. On the other hand, they could also be figurative, with **sons** meaning “descendants” and **brothers** meaning “relatives.” Alternate translation: “along with 18 of his sons and brothers” or “along with 18 of his descendants and relatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 19 vsm6 figs-metaphor וְאֶת־חֲשַׁבְיָ֔ה וְאִתּ֥וֹ יְשַֽׁעְיָ֖ה מִבְּנֵ֣י מְרָרִ֑י 1 и Хашавию, и с ним Иешаию из сыновей Мерария Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “and they also sent us Hashabiah and Jeshaiah, from the descendants of Merari” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 19 mf7n translate-names חֲשַׁבְיָ֔ה…יְשַֽׁעְיָ֖ה…מְרָרִ֑י 1 Хашавию... Иешаию... Мерария These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 19 mf7n translate-names חֲשַׁבְיָ֔ה…יְשַֽׁעְיָ֖ה…מְרָרִ֑י 1 Хашавию… Иешаию… Мерария These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 19 bwf7 figs-metaphor אֶחָ֥יו וּבְנֵיהֶ֖ם 1 его братьев и их сыновей This most likely means the brothers of Jeshaiah and the sons of Jeshaiah and his brothers. Since, as in [8:18](../08/18.md), this is a small group of related people, you could decide to treat the terms **brothers** and **sons** as either literal or figurative. Alternate translation: “along with his brothers and their sons” or “along with his relatives and their descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 20 f9pd translate-names נְתִינִ֖ים מָאתַ֣יִם וְעֶשְׂרִ֑ים 1 двести двадцать нефинеев See how you translated this term in [2:43](../02/43.md). Review the explanation in the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “220 temple servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 20 ahh3 writing-background וּמִן־הַנְּתִינִ֗ים שֶׁנָּתַ֨ן דָּוִ֤יד וְהַשָּׂרִים֙ לַעֲבֹדַ֣ת הַלְוִיִּ֔ם 1 и из нефинеев, которых дал Давид и правители на службу левитам Here Ezra provides some background information to help identify who the Nethinim were. Alternate translation: “and they also brought men from the group of people whom David and his officials had assigned to help the Levites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
EZR 8 20 mi4i figs-activepassive כֻּלָּ֖ם נִקְּב֥וּ בְשֵׁמֽוֹת 1 все они указаны по именам If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “I recorded the name of each one of them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 8 21 bcl6 grammar-connect-time-sequential וָאֶקְרָ֨א 1 И я объявил The word **then** indicates that the event the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. In your translation, you can use the expression in your language that would best indicate this relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])<br>
|
||||
EZR 8 21 c4b8 translate-symaction צוֹם֙…לְהִתְעַנּ֖וֹת 1 пост... чтобы смириться The travelers would be afflicting themselves, that is, making themselves suffer, by denying themselves food. This was a gesture of humility and an expression that seeking God’s help was more important to them even than eating. Alternate translation: “a time of going without eating … to humble ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
EZR 8 21 c4b8 translate-symaction צוֹם֙…לְהִתְעַנּ֖וֹת 1 пост… чтобы смириться The travelers would be afflicting themselves, that is, making themselves suffer, by denying themselves food. This was a gesture of humility and an expression that seeking God’s help was more important to them even than eating. Alternate translation: “a time of going without eating … to humble ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
EZR 8 21 zh8n translate-names הַנָּהָ֣ר אַהֲוָ֔א 1 реки Агавы See how you translated this name in [8:15](../08/15.md). Alternate translation: “the Ahava River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 8 21 baiq figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֣י אֱלֹהֵ֑ינוּ 1 перед лицом нашего Бога Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. Alternate translation: “in the presence of our God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 8 21 sq2q figs-metaphor לְבַקֵּ֤שׁ מִמֶּ֨נּוּ֙ דֶּ֣רֶךְ יְשָׁרָ֔ה לָ֥נוּ וּלְטַפֵּ֖נוּ וּלְכָל־רְכוּשֵֽׁנוּ 1 чтобы искать у Него прямой путь для нас, и для наших детей, и для всего нашего имущества The word **seek** represents asking God to do something for them. A **straight way** figuratively represents safety during travel. Alternate translation: “and to ask God to protect us, our children, and all our possessions while we traveled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 22 kq0z grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י 1 потому что The word **for** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the reasons for what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “I did this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EZR 8 22 cb97 בֹ֗שְׁתִּי לִשְׁא֤וֹל מִן־הַמֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ חַ֣יִל וּפָרָשִׁ֔ים לְעָזְרֵ֥נוּ מֵאוֹיֵ֖ב בַּדָּ֑רֶךְ 1 мне было стыдно просить у царя войско и всадников для нашей защиты от врага в пути **An enemy** means “any enemy,” and **on the way** means “during our journey.” Alternate translation: “I would have been embarrassed to ask the king for soldiers and horsemen to protect us from anyone who might try to harm or rob us during our journey.”
|
||||
EZR 8 22 i43j grammar-connect-logic-result כִּֽי 1 ведь This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the reasons for what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “Because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EZR 8 22 p625 grammar-connect-logic-result אָמַ֨רְנוּ לַמֶּ֜לֶךְ לֵאמֹ֗ר יַד־אֱלֹהֵ֤ינוּ עַל־כָּל־מְבַקְשָׁיו֙ לְטוֹבָ֔ה וְעֻזּ֣וֹ וְאַפּ֔וֹ עַ֖ל כָּל־עֹזְבָֽיו 1 мы сказали царю, говоря: "Рука нашего Бога на всех ищущих Его на добро, и Его сила, и Его гнев на всех, оставляющих Его If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this sentence first in the verse, since it gives the reason for the results that the previous sentence in the verse describes. You could show that connection by using a phrase such as “and so” after this sentence. Alternate translation: “We had told the king, ‘Our God protects everyone who obeys him, but he punishes everyone who refuses to serve him.’ And so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EZR 8 22 p625 grammar-connect-logic-result אָמַ֨רְנוּ לַמֶּ֜לֶךְ לֵאמֹ֗ר יַד־אֱלֹהֵ֤ינוּ עַל־כָּל־מְבַקְשָׁיו֙ לְטוֹבָ֔ה וְעֻזּ֣וֹ וְאַפּ֔וֹ עַ֖ל כָּל־עֹזְבָֽיו 1 мы сказали царю, говоря: “Рука нашего Бога на всех ищущих Его на добро, и Его сила, и Его гнев на всех, оставляющих Его If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this sentence first in the verse, since it gives the reason for the results that the previous sentence in the verse describes. You could show that connection by using a phrase such as “and so” after this sentence. Alternate translation: “We had told the king, ‘Our God protects everyone who obeys him, but he punishes everyone who refuses to serve him.’ And so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EZR 8 22 hlkg figs-quotemarks יַד־אֱלֹהֵ֤ינוּ עַל־כָּל־מְבַקְשָׁיו֙ לְטוֹבָ֔ה וְעֻזּ֣וֹ וְאַפּ֔וֹ עַ֖ל כָּל־עֹזְבָֽיו 1 Рука нашего Бога на всех ищущих Его на добро, и Его сила, и Его гнев на всех, оставляющих Его This is a direct quotation. Ezra is quoting what he and his fellow travelers had told King Artaxerxes. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off these words within quotation marks or by following whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 8 22 n4fd figs-metaphor יַד־אֱלֹהֵ֤ינוּ…לְטוֹבָ֔ה 1 Рука нашего Бога… на добро This expression has the same meaning as **the good hand of God** in [7:6](../07/06.md). Here, the word **hand** figuratively represents action, and the phrase **the hand of our God is for good** means the care, protection, and favor of God. Alternate translation: “The favor of our God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 8 22 ddh2 figs-metaphor כָּל־מְבַקְשָׁיו֙ 1 всех ищущих Его **Who seeking him** is a metaphor for worshiping, serving, and obeying him. Alternate translation: “everyone who loves and obeys him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -987,8 +987,8 @@ EZR 9 intro k1yz 0 # Ezra 09 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this
|
|||
EZR 9 1 ella grammar-connect-time-sequential וּכְכַלּ֣וֹת אֵ֗לֶּה 1 И по завершении всего этого This phrase indicates that the events the story will now relate came right after the events it has just described. In your translation, you can use the expression in your language that would best indicate this relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
EZR 9 1 nhkw writing-newevent וּכְכַלּ֣וֹת 1 И по завершении всего The word **now** introduces a new event in the story. You do not need to represent it in your translation unless your language has a similar expression that it characteristically uses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
EZR 9 1 on7w figs-explicit הַשָּׂרִים֙ 1 правители These appear to be the same **leaders** as in [8:29](../08/29.md), that is, clan leaders. But this is not a reference to all of them, since the ones who come to Ezra say that some of their fellow leaders have married foreign women. Alternate translation: “some of the clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 9 1 krhd figs-quotemarks נִגְּשׁ֨וּ אֵלַ֤י…לֵאמֹ֔ר 1 подошли ко мне... говоря After this phrase Ezra begins to quote what these clan leaders told him. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 9 1 kb76 figs-metaphor לֹֽא־נִבְדְּל֞וּ…מֵעַמֵּ֖י הָאֲרָצ֑וֹת 1 Не отделился... от народов стран Separation here is a spatial metaphor for behavior. As in [6:21](../06/21.md), it means to refuse to do the same things as another group. Alternate translation: “have not refused to do the things that the other people groups living in the land do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 9 1 krhd figs-quotemarks נִגְּשׁ֨וּ אֵלַ֤י…לֵאמֹ֔ר 1 подошли ко мне… говоря After this phrase Ezra begins to quote what these clan leaders told him. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 9 1 kb76 figs-metaphor לֹֽא־נִבְדְּל֞וּ…מֵעַמֵּ֖י הָאֲרָצ֑וֹת 1 Не отделился… от народов стран Separation here is a spatial metaphor for behavior. As in [6:21](../06/21.md), it means to refuse to do the same things as another group. Alternate translation: “have not refused to do the things that the other people groups living in the land do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 9 1 tgdv figs-idiom מֵעַמֵּ֖י הָאֲרָצ֑וֹת כְּ֠תוֹעֲבֹֽתֵיהֶם 1 от народов стран с их мерзостями While the similar phrase in [6:21](../06/21.md) spoke of **uncleanness**, that is, things that God does not accept, the phrase here speaks of **abominations**, that is, things that are very displeasing to God. Alternate translation: “from the things that are very displeasing to God that the other people groups living in the land do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 9 1 u0xi figs-idiom מֵעַמֵּ֖י הָאֲרָצ֑וֹת 1 от народов стран See how you translated this expression in [3:3](../03/03.md). It refers to members of other people groups who were living in and around the province of Judah. Alternate translation: “the other people groups living in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 9 1 wnt5 translate-names לַכְּנַעֲנִ֨י הַחִתִּ֜י הַפְּרִזִּ֣י הַיְבוּסִ֗י הָֽעַמֹּנִי֙ הַמֹּ֣אָבִ֔י הַמִּצְרִ֖י וְהָאֱמֹרִֽי 1 от хананеев, хеттеев, ферезеев, иевусеев, аммонитян, моавитян, египтян и аморреев These are the names of eight people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
@ -1016,7 +1016,7 @@ EZR 9 5 zygv translate-symaction מִתַּֽעֲנִיתִ֔י וּב
|
|||
EZR 9 5 qye1 translate-symaction וָֽאֶכְרְעָה֙ עַל־בִּרְכַּ֔י וָאֶפְרְשָׂ֥ה כַפַּ֖י אֶל־יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהָֽי 1 и опустился на мои колени, и протянул мои руки к Яхве, моему Богу These two physical gestures showed publicly that Ezra was going to pray. Alternate translation: “I knelt down and spread out my hands in a gesture of prayer to Yahweh my God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
EZR 9 6 y5xu figs-quotemarks וָאֹמְרָ֗ה 1 и сказал After this phrase Ezra begins to quote what he said out loud in prayer on this occasion. The quotation continues through [9:15](../09/15.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 9 6 yz8d figs-doublet בֹּ֣שְׁתִּי וְנִכְלַ֔מְתִּי 1 Мне стыдно и позорно **Ashamed** and **disgraced** mean similar things. Ezra uses them together to emphasize how humiliated he feels by what the Israelites have done. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these terms into a single expression. Alternate translation: “I am deeply humiliated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
EZR 9 6 xiue figs-metaphor לְהָרִ֧ים…פָּנַ֖י אֵלֶ֑יךָ 1 поднимать... лицо моё к Тебе This means “to look at you directly” or “to look at you face to face,” and since Ezra could not do that literally with God, it is a figurative way of saying “*to address you.” Alternate translation: “even to speak to you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 9 6 xiue figs-metaphor לְהָרִ֧ים…פָּנַ֖י אֵלֶ֑יךָ 1 поднимать… лицо моё к Тебе This means “to look at you directly” or “to look at you face to face,” and since Ezra could not do that literally with God, it is a figurative way of saying “*to address you.” Alternate translation: “even to speak to you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 9 6 aca6 figs-parallelism כִּ֣י עֲוֺנֹתֵ֤ינוּ רָבוּ֙ לְמַ֣עְלָה רֹּ֔אשׁ וְאַשְׁמָתֵ֥נוּ גָדְלָ֖ה עַ֥ד לַשָּׁמָֽיִם 1 ведь наши грехи умножились выше головы, и наша вина возросла до неба These two phrases mean similar things. Ezra uses the repetition to emphasize how guilty the people of Israel are. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “We have committed such great sins that our guilt over them is overwhelming us” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The first phrase speaks of the effects of these sins on the Israelites, while the second phrase speaks of their effects on their standing with God. Alternate translation: “We have committed such great sins that they are overwhelming us, and we know that they are making us guilty before you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
EZR 9 6 axnk grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י עֲוֺנֹתֵ֤ינוּ רָבוּ֙ לְמַ֣עְלָה רֹּ֔אשׁ וְאַשְׁמָתֵ֥נוּ גָדְלָ֖ה עַ֥ד לַשָּׁמָֽיִם 1 ведь наши грехи умножились выше головы, и наша вина возросла до неба If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this sentence first in the prayer, since it gives the reason for the result of Ezra feeling ashamed. You could show the connection by using a word like “so” after this phrase. Alternate translation: “We have committed such great sins that we are surely guilty, and we know that we are guilty before you. And so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EZR 9 6 krv9 figs-metaphor עֲוֺנֹתֵ֤ינוּ רָבוּ֙ לְמַ֣עְלָה רֹּ֔אשׁ 1 наши грехи умножились выше головы Here, **multiplied** means to become much greater in number. Ezra uses that expression figuratively to describe how serious the sins of the Israelites are. Alternate translation: “we have committed such great sins that they have risen up higher than our heads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
@ -1029,8 +1029,8 @@ EZR 9 7 aqdp figs-metaphor אֲבֹתֵ֗ינוּ 1 наших отцов **F
|
|||
EZR 9 7 jw4h figs-idiom עַ֖ד הַיּ֣וֹם הַזֶּ֑ה 1 до этого дня In this context, **day** does not refer to one specific day, but rather, to a more general time. Alternate translation: “until now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 9 7 ur0z figs-metonymy אֲנַ֨חְנוּ֙ בְּאַשְׁמָ֣ה גְדֹלָ֔ה 1 мы в огромной вине Here, Ezra speaks figuratively of the disobedience of the Israelites by reference to something associated with it, the guilt that it has caused. Alternate translation: “we have consistently disobeyed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 9 7 wet1 figs-abstractnouns בְּאַשְׁמָ֣ה גְדֹלָ֔ה 1 в огромной вине If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **guilt** with a verb such as “disobey.” Alternate translation: “consistently disobeyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
EZR 9 7 h1bs figs-activepassive וּבַעֲוֺנֹתֵ֡ינוּ נִתַּ֡נּוּ אֲנַחְנוּ֩…בְּיַ֣ד ׀ מַלְכֵ֣י הָאֲרָצ֗וֹת 1 и за наши грехи отданы мы... в руку царей стран If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “because we sinned against you, you allowed foreign rulers to conquer us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 9 7 dr9f figs-metaphor נִתַּ֡נּוּ אֲנַחְנוּ֩…בְּיַ֣ד ׀ מַלְכֵ֣י הָאֲרָצ֗וֹת 1 отданы мы... в руку царей стран Here, **hand** figuratively represents power and control. Alternate translation: “you allowed foreign rulers to conquer us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 9 7 h1bs figs-activepassive וּבַעֲוֺנֹתֵ֡ינוּ נִתַּ֡נּוּ אֲנַחְנוּ֩…בְּיַ֣ד ׀ מַלְכֵ֣י הָאֲרָצ֗וֹת 1 и за наши грехи отданы мы… в руку царей стран If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “because we sinned against you, you allowed foreign rulers to conquer us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EZR 9 7 dr9f figs-metaphor נִתַּ֡נּוּ אֲנַחְנוּ֩…בְּיַ֣ד ׀ מַלְכֵ֣י הָאֲרָצ֗וֹת 1 отданы мы… в руку царей стран Here, **hand** figuratively represents power and control. Alternate translation: “you allowed foreign rulers to conquer us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 9 7 v9sd figs-idiom מַלְכֵ֣י הָאֲרָצ֗וֹת 1 царей стран The **kings of the lands** would be the rulers of the “people of the lands” whom Ezra mentions in [9:1](../09/01.md) and [9:2](../09/02.md), and of similar foreign people groups. Alternate translation: “foreign rulers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 9 7 f2hv figs-idiom בַּחֶ֜רֶב בַּשְּׁבִ֧י וּבַבִּזָּ֛ה וּבְבֹ֥שֶׁת פָּנִ֖ים 1 мечу, плену, грабежу и позору лица These are not the means by which the foreign rulers conquered the Israelites. Rather, they are all things that happened to the Israelites when they were conquered. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “They killed some of us, they took others of us away from our homeland, they stole the things that belonged to us, and all of this has made us greatly ashamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 9 7 kz7f figs-metonymy בַּחֶ֜רֶב 1 мечу The sword figuratively represents killing, by reference to one kind of weapon that can kill a person. Alternate translation: “who killed some of us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
@ -1047,10 +1047,10 @@ EZR 9 8 b420 figs-idiom בִּמְק֣וֹם קָדְשׁ֑וֹ 1 в Ег
|
|||
EZR 9 8 jjw0 figs-123person בִּמְק֣וֹם קָדְשׁ֑וֹ 1 в Его святом месте Here again Ezra speaks of God in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words in the second person. Alternate translation: “in your temple.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
EZR 9 8 q90t בִּמְק֣וֹם קָדְשׁ֑וֹ 1 в Его святом месте Ezra speaks of the **peg** figuratively as if it were in God’s temple, likely because God was considered to be present there. Alternate translation: “in your presence”
|
||||
EZR 9 8 lst9 figs-metonymy בִּמְק֣וֹם קָדְשׁ֑וֹ 1 в Его святом месте Ezra may be speaking of the presence of God figuratively by association to mean the protection of God. Alternate translation: “under your protection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 9 8 h7p2 grammar-connect-logic-result לְהָאִ֤יר 1 чтобы... просветил This word indicates that the phrase it introduces explains the results of what the previous phrases have described. Alternate translation: “as a result … would brighten” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EZR 9 8 h7p2 grammar-connect-logic-result לְהָאִ֤יר 1 чтобы… просветил This word indicates that the phrase it introduces explains the results of what the previous phrases have described. Alternate translation: “as a result … would brighten” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EZR 9 8 e1ad figs-123person לְהָאִ֤יר…אֱלֹהֵ֔ינוּ 1 чтобы наш Бог просветил Here again Ezra speaks of God in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words in the second person. Alternate translation: “so that you, our God, could revive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
EZR 9 8 gg6p figs-parallelism לְהָאִ֤יר עֵינֵ֨ינוּ֙…וּלְתִתֵּ֛נוּ מִֽחְיָ֥ה מְעַ֖ט בְּעַבְדֻתֵֽנוּ 1 чтобы... просветил наши глаза и дал нам ожить немного в нашем рабстве These two phrases mean similar things. Ezra uses the repetition to emphasize how merciful God has been to the community of returned exiles. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “enable our community to thrive a little even under foreign domination” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase says more specifically how God has accomplished what the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “give us new vitality by giving us greater freedom even though we are under foreign domination” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
EZR 9 8 fzoq figs-metaphor לְהָאִ֤יר עֵינֵ֨ינוּ֙ 1 чтобы... просветил наши глаза To **brighten** the **eyes** of a person means figuratively to give them new life and vitality in the sense of restoring someone's happiness or well-being. Alternate translation: “to give us new vitality” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 9 8 gg6p figs-parallelism לְהָאִ֤יר עֵינֵ֨ינוּ֙…וּלְתִתֵּ֛נוּ מִֽחְיָ֥ה מְעַ֖ט בְּעַבְדֻתֵֽנוּ 1 чтобы… просветил наши глаза и дал нам ожить немного в нашем рабстве These two phrases mean similar things. Ezra uses the repetition to emphasize how merciful God has been to the community of returned exiles. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “enable our community to thrive a little even under foreign domination” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase says more specifically how God has accomplished what the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “give us new vitality by giving us greater freedom even though we are under foreign domination” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
EZR 9 8 fzoq figs-metaphor לְהָאִ֤יר עֵינֵ֨ינוּ֙ 1 чтобы… просветил наши глаза To **brighten** the **eyes** of a person means figuratively to give them new life and vitality in the sense of restoring someone's happiness or well-being. Alternate translation: “to give us new vitality” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 9 8 f4s0 figs-explicit וּלְתִתֵּ֛נוּ מִֽחְיָ֥ה מְעַ֖ט בְּעַבְדֻתֵֽנוּ 1 и дал нам ожить немного в нашем рабстве Since Ezra says that God has made the community figuratively more alive **in our bondage**, he seems to be referring implicitly to the greater measure of freedom that King Artaxerxes has allowed them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by giving us greater freedom even though we are under foreign domination” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 9 9 psz0 figs-litotes לֹ֥א עֲזָבָ֖נוּ אֱלֹהֵ֑ינוּ 1 не оставил нас Бог наш Here, Ezra uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “our God has continued to help us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
EZR 9 9 n7de figs-123person לֹ֥א עֲזָבָ֖נוּ אֱלֹהֵ֑ינוּ 1 не оставил нас Бог наш Ezra continues to speak of God in the third person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words in the second person. Alternate translation: “you, our God, have not abandoned us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
|
@ -1090,7 +1090,7 @@ EZR 9 13 w379 figs-explicit וְנָתַ֥תָּה לָּ֛נוּ פְּל
|
|||
EZR 9 14 jh1x figs-rquestion הֲנָשׁוּב֙ לְהָפֵ֣ר מִצְוֺתֶ֔יךָ וּ֨לְהִתְחַתֵּ֔ן בְּעַמֵּ֥י הַתֹּעֵב֖וֹת הָאֵ֑לֶּה 1 разве мы снова станем нарушать Твои заповеди и вступать в родство с народами этих мерзостей? Ezra is making a statement, not really asking a question. He does not expect God to tell him whether the people should once again disobey. Instead, he is using the question form to emphasize how important it is for them to stop intermarrying with the other people groups. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could translate these words as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “we certainly should not break your commandments again by intermarrying with peoples who do things that you cannot stand!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
EZR 9 14 pm7m figs-idiom בְּעַמֵּ֥י הַתֹּעֵב֖וֹת הָאֵ֑לֶּה 1 с народами этих мерзостей As in [9:1](../09/01.md) and [9:11](../09/11.md), the term **abominations** refers to things that God cannot stand to have in his presence. Alternate translation: “with the people groups who do these things that God cannot stand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 9 14 mn62 figs-rquestion הֲל֤וֹא תֶֽאֱנַף־בָּ֨נוּ֙ עַד־כַּלֵּ֔ה לְאֵ֥ין שְׁאֵרִ֖ית וּפְלֵיטָֽה 1 Разве Ты не прогневаешься на нас так, что истребишь нас, и не будет остатка и уцелевших? Once again Ezra is making a statement, not really asking a question. He does not expect God to tell him whether he would be angry with the Jews. Instead, he is using the question form to emphasize how angry God would become. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could translate these words as a statement or as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “If we did that, you would be totally angry with us, and you would not leave any of us here.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
EZR 9 14 tlu0 figs-idiom תֶֽאֱנַף־בָּ֨נוּ֙ עַד־כַּלֵּ֔ה 1 Ты... прогневаешься на нас так, что истребишь нас This is a Hebrew idiom. Alternate translation: “totally angry with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 9 14 tlu0 figs-idiom תֶֽאֱנַף־בָּ֨נוּ֙ עַד־כַּלֵּ֔ה 1 Ты… прогневаешься на нас так, что истребишь нас This is a Hebrew idiom. Alternate translation: “totally angry with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 9 14 ulm6 figs-doublet לְאֵ֥ין שְׁאֵרִ֖ית וּפְלֵיטָֽה 1 и не будет остатка и уцелевших In this specific context, the terms **remnant** and **escape** mean the same thing. Ezra uses the terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these terms. Alternate translation: “you would not leave any of us here.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
EZR 9 14 z9sd figs-metonymy וּפְלֵיטָֽה 1 и уцелевших As in [9:8](../09/08.md), the term **escape** refers figuratively to a group of survivors. See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “nor survivors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EZR 9 15 qhg9 grammar-connect-logic-result יְהוָ֞ה אֱלֹהֵ֤י יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ צַדִּ֣יק אַ֔תָּה כִּֽי־נִשְׁאַ֥רְנוּ פְלֵיטָ֖ה כְּהַיּ֣וֹם הַזֶּ֑ה 1 Яхве, Бог Израиля! Ты праведен, потому что мы остались уцелевшими, как в этот день If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases since the second phrase gives the reason for what the first phrase says. Alternate translation: “Only a small number of us are now left, and we acknowledge that you, Yahweh, the God of Israel, were right to punish us this way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
|
@ -1110,7 +1110,7 @@ EZR 10 2 ygp9 grammar-connect-time-sequential וַיַּעַן֩ 1 И отв
|
|||
EZR 10 2 zx9r translate-names שְׁכַנְיָ֨ה בֶן־יְחִיאֵ֜ל 1 Шехания, сын Иехиила **Shekaniah** is the name of a man, and **Jehiel** is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 2 at6v figs-metaphor מִבְּנֵ֤י עֵילָם֙ 1 из сыновей Елама **Sons** here figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “one of the descendants of Elam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 10 2 v7rt translate-names עֵילָם֙ 1 Елама **Elam** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 2 hqgs figs-hendiadys וַיַּעַן֩…וַיֹּ֣אמֶר 1 И ответил... и сказал Here the book expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. Together, the two words mean that Shekaniah responded to the situation that the Jews were facing. Alternate translation: “responded” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
EZR 10 2 hqgs figs-hendiadys וַיַּעַן֩…וַיֹּ֣אמֶר 1 И ответил… и сказал Here the book expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. Together, the two words mean that Shekaniah responded to the situation that the Jews were facing. Alternate translation: “responded” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
EZR 10 2 wbo8 figs-quotemarks וַיֹּ֣אמֶר לְעֶזְרָ֔א 1 и сказал Ездре After this phrase, the book begins to quote what Shekaniah said to Ezra. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 10 2 af7v figs-metaphor אֲנַ֨חְנוּ֙ מָעַ֣לְנוּ בֵאלֹהֵ֔ינוּ 1 Мы поступили неверно с нашим Богом As in [9:2](../09/02.md) and [9:4](../09/04.md), **acted unfaithfully** figuratively means “acted in disobedience.” Alternate translation: “We ourselves have disobeyed our God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 10 2 jfau figs-idiom וַנֹּ֛שֶׁב נָשִׁ֥ים נָכְרִיּ֖וֹת מֵעַמֵּ֣י הָאָ֑רֶץ 1 и взяли себе чужеземных жён из народов земли To **cause to dwell** is an idiom that means “to marry.” Alternate translation: “and have married foreign women from the other people groups living in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
@ -1137,7 +1137,7 @@ EZR 10 5 medp figs-explicit לַעֲשׂ֛וֹת כַּדָּבָ֥ר הַ
|
|||
EZR 10 6 k8jp figs-metaphor מִלִּפְנֵי֙ בֵּ֣ית הָֽאֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 от дома Бога As in [10:1](../10/01.md), **face** here figuratively means the front of a place. Alternate translation: “from in front of the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 10 6 j78q figs-explicit וַיֵּ֕לֶךְ אֶל־לִשְׁכַּ֖ת יְהוֹחָנָ֣ן בֶּן־אֶלְיָשִׁ֑יב 1 и пошёл в жилище Иоханана, сына Елияшива As in [8:29](../08/29.md), **chamber** means a room, and in context here it seems to refer similarly to one of the rooms in the temple. Eliashib was the high priest, and so it is probable that one of his family members would have had a room there. The book does not say why Ezra went to one of the rooms in the temple, but the implication is that he did so in order to meet further with the community leaders and make plans for the assembly that the following verses describe. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and he went to one of the rooms in the temple, the one that belonged to Jehohanan the grandson of Eliashib, to meet further with the leaders to make plans to call an assembly of all the returned exiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 10 6 z4zq figs-metaphor יְהוֹחָנָ֣ן בֶּן־אֶלְיָשִׁ֑יב 1 Иоханана, сына Елияшива Jehohanan was actually the grandson of Eliashib, so **son** figuratively means “descendant.” Alternate translation: “Jehohanan the grandson of Eliashib” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 10 6 j3bg translate-names יְהוֹחָנָ֣ן…אֶלְיָשִׁ֑יב 1 Иоханана... Елияшива These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 6 j3bg translate-names יְהוֹחָנָ֣ן…אֶלְיָשִׁ֑יב 1 Иоханана… Елияшива These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 6 vkgv figs-ellipsis וַיֵּ֣לֶךְ שָׁ֗ם לֶ֤חֶם לֹֽא־אָכַל֙ וּמַ֣יִם לֹֽא־שָׁתָ֔ה 1 и пришёл туда. Хлеб не ел и воду не пил Here the book leaves out some of the words that would ordinarily be needed in order to express a complete meaning. Alternate translation: “And when he went there, he did not eat or drink anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
EZR 10 6 b5wa grammar-connect-logic-result לֶ֤חֶם לֹֽא־אָכַל֙ וּמַ֣יִם לֹֽא־שָׁתָ֔ה כִּ֥י מִתְאַבֵּ֖ל עַל־מַ֥עַל הַגּוֹלָֽה 1 Хлеб не ел и воду не пил, потому что скорбел о неверности переселенцев If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the action that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because he was still grieving over the way the Jews who had returned to their homeland had disobeyed, he did not eat or drink anything.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
EZR 10 6 fwd9 translate-symaction לֶ֤חֶם לֹֽא־אָכַל֙ וּמַ֣יִם לֹֽא־שָׁתָ֔ה כִּ֥י מִתְאַבֵּ֖ל עַל־מַ֥עַל הַגּוֹלָֽה 1 Хлеб не ел и воду не пил, потому что скорбел о неверности переселенцев Not eating or drinking was a symbolic action whose purpose was to show that Ezra was grieving over the disobedience of the exiles. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “To show that he was still grieving over the way the Jews who had returned to their homeland had disobeyed, he did not eat or drink anything.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
|
@ -1171,7 +1171,7 @@ EZR 10 11 b2x3 figs-metaphor אֱלֹהֵֽי־אֲבֹתֵיכֶ֖ם 1 Бо
|
|||
EZR 10 11 man9 figs-metaphor וַעֲשׂ֣וּ רְצוֹנ֑וֹ וְהִבָּֽדְלוּ֙ מֵעַמֵּ֣י הָאָ֔רֶץ וּמִן־הַנָּשִׁ֖ים הַנָּכְרִיּֽוֹת 1 и исполните Его волю, и отделитесь от народов земли и от чужеземных жён With regard to the other people groups, the word **separate** means dissolving the alliances that had been formed with them by marriage. With regard to the foreign wives, it is a figurative term for divorce. Alternate translation: “and obey him by divorcing and sending away your foreign wives, and thereby breaking the alliances you have formed with the other people groups living in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 10 11 eyne figs-idiom מֵעַמֵּ֣י הָאָ֔רֶץ 1 от народов земли This expression refers to the other people groups who were living in and around the province of Judah. Alternate translation: “the other people groups living in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 10 11 ofga figs-quotemarks הַנָּשִׁ֖ים הַנָּכְרִיּֽוֹת 1 чужеземных жён After this phrase, the book ends its quotation of what Ezra said to the assembly on this occasion. If you decided in [10:10](../10/10.md) to mark his words as a quotation, you should indicate their ending here with a closing quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 10 12 tatu figs-hendiadys וַיַּֽעְנ֧וּ…וַיֹּאמְר֖וּ 1 И ответило... и сказало See how you translated this expression in [10:2](../10/02.md). Alternate translation: “responded” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
EZR 10 12 tatu figs-hendiadys וַיַּֽעְנ֧וּ…וַיֹּאמְר֖וּ 1 И ответило… и сказало See how you translated this expression in [10:2](../10/02.md). Alternate translation: “responded” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
EZR 10 12 hvpb figs-quotemarks ק֣וֹל גָּד֑וֹל 1 громким голосом After this phrase the book begins to quote what the assembly replied to Ezra. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 10 12 jgje figs-idiom כֵּ֛ן כִּדְבָרְךָ֥ עָלֵ֖ינוּ לַעֲשֽׂוֹת 1 Так, как ты сказал, нам нужно сделать Like the similar expression “the matter is on you” in [10:4](../10/04.md), this is a Hebrew idiom. Alternate translation: “We agree that it is our responsibility to do what you have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 10 13 sjoy figs-explicit הָעָ֥ם רָב֙ 1 народа много The implication is that there are too many people potentially involved with the problem to deal with all at once. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “there are too many people to deal with all at once” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
@ -1180,11 +1180,11 @@ EZR 10 13 poap grammar-connect-logic-result וְהַמְּלָאכָ֗ה
|
|||
EZR 10 13 wqu4 figs-idiom וְהַמְּלָאכָ֗ה לֹֽא־לְי֤וֹם אֶחָד֙ וְלֹ֣א לִשְׁנַ֔יִם 1 И это дело не на один день и не на два **One day or two** is a figurative way of saying “a short time.” Alternate translation: “It will take a long time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 10 14 fcw7 figs-idiom יַֽעֲמְדוּ־נָ֣א שָׂ֠רֵינוּ לְֽכָל־הַקָּהָ֞ל 1 Пусть стоят наши правители за всё общество Here, **stand for** is an idiom that means “represent.” ([10:16](../10/16.md) explains specifically how the community arranged for its leaders to be its representatives.) Alternate translation: “Let our leaders represent all of us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 10 14 wybo figs-idiom הַהֹשִׁ֞יב נָשִׁ֤ים נָכְרִיּוֹת֙ 1 взявшие себе чужеземных жён See how you translated this expression in [10:2](../10/02.md). Alternate translation: “those who have married foreign women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EZR 10 14 wvv6 figs-idiom יָבֹא֙…וְעִמָּהֶ֛ם זִקְנֵי־עִ֥יר וָעִ֖יר וְשֹׁפְטֶ֑יהָ 1 пусть приходят... и с ними старейшины каждого города и его судьи **City by city** is an idiom that means “each city.” Alternate translation: “let ...<br>come with the elders and judges of each city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])<br>
|
||||
EZR 10 14 wvv6 figs-idiom יָבֹא֙…וְעִמָּהֶ֛ם זִקְנֵי־עִ֥יר וָעִ֖יר וְשֹׁפְטֶ֑יהָ 1 пусть приходят… и с ними старейшины каждого города и его судьи **City by city** is an idiom that means “each city.” Alternate translation: “let …<br>come with the elders and judges of each city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])<br>
|
||||
EZR 10 14 qdri figs-metaphor עַ֠ד לְהָשִׁ֞יב חֲר֤וֹן אַף־אֱלֹהֵ֨ינוּ֙ מִמֶּ֔נּוּ עַ֖ד לַדָּבָ֥ר הַזֶּֽה 1 пока не отвернётся от нас пылающий гнев нашего Бога за это дело In Hebrew, **burning of the nose** figuratively represents anger, and if someone’s anger is **turned back**, that means figuratively that they are no longer angry. Alternate translation: “until God is no longer angry with us for disobeying in this way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EZR 10 14 cs93 figs-quotemarks לַדָּבָ֥ר הַזֶּֽה 1 за это дело After this phrase, the book ends its quotation of what the assembly replied to Ezra on this occasion. If you decided in [10:12](../10/12.md) to mark their words as a quotation, you should indicate their ending here with a closing quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
|
||||
EZR 10 15 arho grammar-connect-logic-contrast אַ֣ךְ 1 Так The word **only** indicates that the sentence it introduces draws a contrast between the willingness of almost the entire assembly to pursue this matter and the opposition of these four men. You could begin the sentence with a word such as “however” to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
|
||||
EZR 10 15 z2yc figs-explicit יוֹנָתָ֧ן…וְיַחְזְיָ֥ה…עָמְד֣וּ עַל־זֹ֑את וּמְשֻׁלָּ֛ם וְשַׁבְּתַ֥י…עֲזָרֻֽם 1 Ионафан... и Яхзеия... стали над этим, а Мешуллам и Шавфай... помогали им The implication is that while these four men spoke up in the assembly against investigating who among the Israelites had married foreign wives, their protests were unsuccessful. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jonathan … and Jahzeiah … did not want the community to investigate who had married foreign women. And Meshullam and Shabbethai …supported them, but they were not able to convince the assembly.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 10 15 z2yc figs-explicit יוֹנָתָ֧ן…וְיַחְזְיָ֥ה…עָמְד֣וּ עַל־זֹ֑את וּמְשֻׁלָּ֛ם וְשַׁבְּתַ֥י…עֲזָרֻֽם 1 Ионафан… и Яхзеия… стали над этим, а Мешуллам и Шавфай… помогали им The implication is that while these four men spoke up in the assembly against investigating who among the Israelites had married foreign wives, their protests were unsuccessful. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jonathan … and Jahzeiah … did not want the community to investigate who had married foreign women. And Meshullam and Shabbethai …supported them, but they were not able to convince the assembly.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EZR 10 15 piy5 translate-names יוֹנָתָ֧ן בֶּן־עֲשָׂהאֵ֛ל 1 Ионафан, сын Асаила **Jonathan** is the name of a man, and **Asahel** is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 15 i7li translate-names וְיַחְזְיָ֥ה בֶן־תִּקְוָ֖ה 1 и Яхзеия, сын Фиквы **Jahzeiah** is the name of a man, and **Tikvah** is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EZR 10 15 sl99 figs-metaphor עָמְד֣וּ עַל־זֹ֑את 1 стали над этим Here, **stood against** something means figuratively to have opposed it. Alternate translation: “did not want the community to investigate who had married foreign women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
Can't render this file because it is too large.
|
Loading…
Reference in New Issue